Lewis Campbell Antigone 1

ed. Lewis Campbell

Antigone. Lewis Campbell. ed. Lewis Campbell. Oxford. 1879.

Current edition Experimental

Commentary (Lewis Campbell, 1879) (OCR draft) (English) (Commentary (Lewis Campbell, 1879))

Provisional text from uncorrected OCR; expect errors.

Editions (12)
Greek (L. Benloew, 1858) (OCR draft) Experimental (Greek (L. Benloew, 1858)) — 1 focus
ὦ κοινὸν 1 αὐτάδελφον Ἰσμήνης κάρα,
1
ἆρ᾽ οἶσθ᾽ ὅτι Ζεὺς τῶν ἀπ᾽ Οἰδίπου κακῶν 2
ὁποῖον 3 οὐχὶ νῷν ἔτι ζώσαιν τελεῖ;
οὐδὲν 4 γὰρ οὔτ᾽ ἀλγεινὸν, οὔτ᾽ ἄτης ἄτερ
οὔτ᾽ αἰσχρὸν οὔτ᾽ ἄτιμόν ἐσθ᾽, ὁποῖον οὐ 5
5
τῶν σῶν τε κἀμῶν οὐκ ὄπωπ᾽ ἐγὼ κακῶν.
καὶ νῦν 6 τί τοῦτ᾽ αὖ φασὶ πανδήμῳ πόλει
κήρυγμα θεῖναι τὸν στρατηγὸν ἀρτίως ;
ἔχεις τι 7 , κεἰσήκουσας; ἤ σε λανθάνει
πρὸς τοὺς φίλους στείχοντα τῶν ἐχθρῶν κακά 8 ;
10
τί δ᾽, ὦ ταλαίφρων, εἰ τάδ᾽ ἐν τούτοις, ἐγὼ
λύουσ᾽ ἂν ἢ ᾽φάπτουσα προσθείμην πλέον 17 ;
40
οὔτ᾽ ἂν κελεύσαιμ᾽, οὔτ᾽ ἂν, εἰ θέλοις ἔτι
πράσσειν, ἐμοῦ γ᾽ ἂν ἡδέως δρῴης μέτα 21 .
70
ἀλλ᾽ 22 ἴσθ᾽ ὁποῖά σοι δοκεῖ. κεῖνον δ᾽ ἐγὼ
θάψω. καλόν μοι τοῦτο ποιούσῃ θανεῖν.
φίλη μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ κείσομαι, φίλου μέτα,
ὅσια πανουργήσασ᾽· ἐπεὶ πλείων χρόνος,
ὃν δεῖ μ᾽ ἀρέσκειν τοῖς κάτω, τῶν ἐνθάδε.
75
ἐκεῖ γὰρ αἰεὶ κείσομαι. σοὶ δ᾽ εἰ δοκεῖ,
τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἔντιμ᾽ ἀτιμάσασ᾽ ἔχε.
ἀκτὶς 23 ἀελίου, τὸ κάλ-
100
λιστον ἑπταπύλῳ φανὲν
Θήβᾳ τῶν προτέρων φάος,
ἐφάνθης ποτὲ, χρυσέας
ἁμέρας βλέφαρον,
Διρκαίων 24 ὑπὲρ ῥεέθρων μολοῦσα,
105
τὸν λεύκασπιν ἀπ᾽ Ἀργόθεν 25
φῶτα βάντα πανσαγίᾳ,
φυγάδα 26 πρόδρομον ὀξυτέρῳ
κινήσασα χαλινῷ·
ὃν 27 ἐφ᾽ ἁμετέρᾳ γᾷ Πολυνείκης
110
ἀρθεὶς νεικέων ἐξ ἀμφιλόγων,
ὀξέα κλάζων 28 αἰετὸς ἐς γᾶν
ὣς ὑπερέπτα,
λευκῆς χιόνος πτέρυγι στεγανὸς,
πολλῶν μεθ’ ὅπλων,
115
ξύν θ᾽ ἱπποκόμοις κορύθεσσιν.
a
στὰς δ᾽ ὑπὲρ μελάθρων, φονώ-
σαισιν ἀμφιχανὼν κύκλῳ
λόγχαις ἑπτάπυλον στόμα 29 ,
ἔβα, πρίν ποθ᾽ ἁμετέρων
120
αἱμάτων γένυσιν 30
πλησθῆναί τε, καὶ στεφάνωμα πύργων
πευκάενθ᾽ ἥφαιστον ἑλεῖν.
τοῖος ἀμφὶ νῶτ᾽ ἐτάθη
πάταγος Ἄρεος, ἀντιπάλῳ 31
125
δυσχείρωμα δράκοντι.
Ζεὺς γὰρ μεγάλης γλώσσης κόμπους
ὑπερεχθαίρει· καί σφας ἐσιδὼν
πολλῷ ῥεύματι προσνισσομένους
χρυσοῦ, καναχῆς, ὑπεροπτείας 32 ,
130
παλτῷ ῥιπτεῖ πυρὶ, βαλβίδων 33
ἐπ᾽ ἄκρων ἤδη
νίκην ὁρμῶντ᾽ ἀλαλάξαι 34 .
b
ἀντιτύπᾳ δ᾽ ἐπὶ γᾷ πέσε τανταλωθεὶς
πυρφόρος, ὃς τότε μαινομένᾳ ξὺν ὁρμᾷ
135
βακχεύων ἐπέπνει 35
ῥιπαῖς ἐχθίστων ἀνέμων.
εἶχε δ᾽ ἄλλᾳ τὰ μὲν,
ἄλλα δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἄλλοις ἐπενώμα στυφελίζων μέγας Ἄρης
δεξιόσειρος 36 .
140
ἑπτὰ λοχαγοὶ γὰρ ἐφ᾽ ἑπτὰ πύλαις
ταχθέντες ἴσοι πρὸς ἴσους, ἔλιπον
Ζηνὶ Τροπαίῳ πάγχαλκα τέλη·
πλὴν τοῖν στυγεροῖν, ὦ πατρὸς ἑνὸς
μητρός τε μιᾶς φύντε, καθ᾽ αὑτοῖν
145
δικρατεῖς λόγχας στήσαντ᾽, ἔχετον
κοινοῦ θανάτου μέρος ἄμφω.
b
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἁ μεγαλώνυμος ἦλθε Νίκα
τᾷ πολυαρμάτῳ ἀντιχαρεῖσα Θήβᾳ.
ἐκ μὲν δὴ πολέμων
150
τῶν νῦν θέσθε λησμοσύναν,
θεῶν δὲ ναοὺς χοροῖς
παννυχίοις πάντας ἐπέλθωμεν· ὁ Θήβας δ᾽
ἐλελίχθων 37 Βάκχιος ἄρχοι.
Greek (A. Boeckh, 1884) (OCR draft) Experimental (Greek (A. Boeckh, 1884)) — 1 focus
ἀκτὶς ἀελίου, τὸ κάλ-
100
λιστον ἑπταπύλῳ φανὲν
Θήβᾳ τῶν πρότερον φάος,
ἐφάνθης πότ᾽, ὦ χρυσέας ἁμέρας βλέφαρον,
Διρκαίων ὑπὲρ ῥεέθρων μολοῦσα,
τὸν λεύκασπιν Ἀργέϊον
105
φῶτα βάντα πανσαγίᾳ
φυγάδα πρόδρομον ὀξυτέρῳ
κινήσασα χαλινῷ,
ὃν ἐφ᾽ ἁμετέρᾳ γᾷ Πολυνείκης
ἀρθεὶς νεικέων ἐξ ἀμφιλόγων.
110
ἀγαγὼν θούριος 1 ὀξέα κλάζων
αἰετὸς ἐς γᾶν ὣς ὑπερέπτα,
λευκῆς χιόνος πτέρυγι στεγανός,
πολλῶν μεθ’ ὅπλων
ξύν θ’ ἱπποκόμοις κορύθεσσιν.
115
1
στὰς δ᾽ ὑπὲρ μελάθρων φονώ-
σαισιν ἀμφιχανὼν κύκλῳ
λόγχαις ἑπτάπυλον στόμα
ἔβα, πρίν ποθ’ ἁμετέρων αἱμάτων γένυσιν
πλησθῆναί τε καὶ στεφάνωμα πύργων
120
πευκάενθ' Ἥφαιστον ἑλεῖν.
τοῖος ἀμφὶ νῶτ᾽ ἐτάθη
πάταγος Ἄρεος ἀντιπάλῳ
δυσχείρωμα δράκοντι.
Ζεὺς γὰρ μεγάλης γλώσσης κόμπους
125
ὑπερεχθαίρει· καί σφας ἐσιδὼν
πολλῷ ῥεύματι προσνισσομένους
χρυσοῦ καναχῆς ὑπεροπτείας,
παλτῷ ῥιπτεῖ πυρὶ βαλβίδων
ἐπ’ ἄκρων ἤδη
130
νίκην ὁρμῶντ᾽ ἀλαλάξαι.
2
ἀντίτυπα δ᾽ ἐπὶ γᾷ πέσε τανταλωθεὶς
πυρφόρος, ὃς τότε μαινομένᾳ ξὺν ὁρμᾷ
βακχεύων ἐπέπνει ῥιπαῖς ἐχθίστων ἀνέμων.
εἶχε δ᾽ ἄλλᾳ τὰ μέν,
135
ἄλλα δ᾽ ἐπ’ ἄλλοις ἐπενώμα στυφελίζων μέγας Ἄρης
δεξιόσειρος.
ἑπτὰ λοχαγοὶ γὰρ ἐφ᾽ ἑπτὰ πύλαις
ταχθέντες ἴσοι πρὸς ἴσους ἔλιπον
Ζηνὶ τροπαίῳ πάγχαλκα τέλη,
140
πλὴν τοῖν στυγεροῖν, ὣ πατρὸς ἑνὸς
μητρός τε μιᾶς φύντε καθ' αὑτοῖν
δικρατεῖς λόγχας στήσαντ᾽ ἔχετον
κοινοῦ θανάτου μέρος ἄμφω.
2
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἁ μεγαλώνυμος ἦλθε Νίκα
145
τᾷ πολυαρμάτῳ ἀντιχαρεῖσα Θήβᾳ.
ἐκ μὲν δὴ πολέμων τῶν νῦν θέσθε λησμοσύναν,
θεῶν δὲ ναοὺς χοροῖς
παννυχίοις πάντας ἐπέλθωμεν· ὁ Θήβας δ᾽ ἐλελίχθων
Βάκχιος ἄρχοι.
150
Greek (F. H. Bothe, 1806) (OCR draft) Experimental (Greek (F. H. Bothe, 1806)) — 1 focus
ὦ κοινὸν αὐτάδελφον Ἰσμήνης κάρα,
1
ἆρ᾽ οἶσθά τι Ζεὺς τῶν ἀπ᾿ Οἰδίπου κακῶν
ὁποῖον οὐχὶ νῷν ἔτι ζώσαιν τελεῖ;
οὐδὲν γὰρ οὔτ᾽ ἀλγεινὸν, οὐκ ἄτης ἄτερ,
οὔτ᾽ αἰσχρὸν, οὔτ᾽ ἄτιμόν ἐσθ᾽, ὁποῖον οὐ
5
τῶν σῶν τε κᾀμῶν οὐκ ὄπωπ᾽ ἐγὼ κακῶν.
καὶ νῦν τί τοῦτ᾽ αὖ φασὶ πανδήμῳ πόλει
κήρυγμα θεῖναι τὸν στρατηγὸν ἀρτίως;
ἔχεις τι, κεἰσήκουσας, ἤ σε λανθάνει
πρὸς τοὺς φίλους στείχοντα τῶν ἐχθρῶν κακά;
10
τί δ᾽, ὦ ταλαίφρων, εἰ τάδ᾽ ἐν τούτοις, ἐγὼ
λύουσ᾽ ἂν ἢ ᾿φάπτουσα προσθείμην πλέον;
40
οὔτ’ ἂν κελεύσαιμ᾽, οὔτ᾽ ἂν, εἰ θέλοις ἔτι
πράσσειν, ἐμοῦ γ᾽ ἂν ἡδέως δρῴης μέτα·
70
ἀλλ᾽ ἴσθ᾽, ὁποῖά σοι δοκεῖ· κεῖνον δ᾽ ἐγὼ
θάψω. καλόν μοι τοῦτο ποιούσῃ θανεῖν·
φίλη μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ κείσομαι, φίλου μέτα,
ὅσια πανουργήσασ᾽· ἐπεὶ πλείων χρόνος,
ὃν δεῖ μ᾽ ἀρέσκειν τοῖς κάτω, τῶν ἐνθάδε·
75
ἐκεῖ γὰρ αἰεὶ κείσομαι· σοὶ δ᾽ εἰ δοκεῖ,
τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἔντιμ᾽ ἀτιμάσασ᾽ ἔχε.
ἀκτὶς ἀελίοιο, κἀλ-
100
λιστον ἑπταπύλῳ φανὲν
Θήβᾳ τῶν πρότερον φάος,
ἐφάνθης ποτὲ, χρυσέας
ἁμέρας βλέφαρον,
Διρκαίων ὑπὲρ ῥεέθρων μολοῦσα,
105
τὸν λεύκασπιν Ἀργόθε πρὶν
φῶτα βάντα πανσαγίᾳ
φυγάδα πρόδρομον ὀξυτέρῳ
κινήσασα χαλινῷ,
ὃς ἐφ᾽ ἁμετέρᾳ γᾷ Πολυνείκους
110
ἀρθεὶς νεικέων ἐξ ἀμφιλόγων,
ὀξέα κλάζων
αἰετὸς ἐς γᾶν ὥς, ὑπερέπτα,
λευκῆς χιόνος πτέρυγι στεγανὸς,
πολλῶν μεθ᾽ ὅπλων,
115
ξύν θ᾽ ἱπποκόμοις κορύθεσσι.
1
στὰς δ᾽ ὑπὲρ μελάθρων, φονί-
αισιν ἀμφιχανὼν κύκλῳ
λόγχαις ἑπτάπυλον στόμα,
ἔβα, πρίν ποθ’ ἁμετέρων
120
αἱμάτων γένυσι
πλησθῆναί τε, καὶ στεφάνωμα πύργων
πευκάενθ᾽ Ἥφαιστον ἑλεῖν·
τοῖος ἀμφὶ νῶτ᾽ ἐτάθη
πάταγος Ἄρεος ἀντιπάλῳ
125
δυσχείρωμα δράκοντι.
Ζεὺς γὰρ μεγάλης γλώσσης κόμπους
ὑπερεχθαίρει, καί σφας ἐσιδὼν
πολλῷ ῥεύματι
χρυσοῦ καναχῆς ὑπεροπλίαις,
130
παλτῷ ῥίπτει πυρὶ βαλβίδων
ἐπ᾽ ἄκρων ἤδη
νίκην ὁρμῶντ᾽ ἀλαλάξαι·
2
ἀντιτύπῳ δ᾽ ἐπὶ γᾷ πέσε τανταλωθεὶς
πυρφόρος, ὃς τότε μαινομένᾳ ξὺν ὁρμᾷ
135
βακχεύων ἐπέπνει,
ῥιπαῖς ἐχθίστων ἀνέμων.
εἶχε δ᾽ ἄλλᾳ τὰ μὲν,
τὰ δ᾽ ἐπ’ ἄλλοις ἐπενώμα στυφελίζων
μέγας Ἄρης δεξιόχειρος·
140
ἑπτὰ λοχαγοὶ γὰρ, ἐφ᾽ ἑπτὰ πύλαις
ταχθέντες, ἴσοι πρὸς ἴσους, ἔλιπον
Ζηνὶ τροπαίῳ πάγχαλκα τέλη,
πλὴν τοῖν στυγεροῖν, ὣ πατρὸς ἑνὸς,
δικρατεῖς λόγχας στήσαντ᾽, ἔχετον
145
κοινοῦ. θανάτου μέρος ἄμφω.
2
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἁ μεγαλώνυμος ἦλθε Νίκα
τᾷ πολυαρμάτῳ ἀντιχαρεῖσα Θήβᾳ,
ἐν μὲν δὴ πολέμων
τῶν νῦν θέσθαι λησμοσύναν,
150
θεῶν δὲ ναοὺς χοροῖς
νυχίοις πάντας ἐπέλθωμεν· ὁ Θήβας
δ’ ἐλελίζων Βάκχιος ἄρχοι.
Greek (Lewis Campbell, 1879) (OCR draft) Experimental (Greek (Lewis Campbell, 1879)) — 1 focus
ὦ κοινὸν αὐτάδελφον Ἰσμήνης κάρα,
1
ἆρ᾽ οἶσθ᾽ ὅτι Ζεὺς τῶν ἀπ᾿ Οἰδίπου κακῶν
ὁποῖον οὐχὶ νῷν ἔτι ζώσαιν τελεῖ;
οὐδὲν γὰρ οὔτ᾽ ἀλγεινὸν οὔτ᾽ ἄτης †ἄτερ
οὔτ᾽ αἰσχρὸν οὔτ᾽ ἄτιμόν ἐσθ᾽, ὁποῖον οὐ
5
τῶν σῶν τε κἀμῶν οὐκ ὄπωπ᾽ ἐγὼ κακῶν.
καὶ νῦν τί τοῦτ᾽ αὖ φασι πανδήμῳ πόλει
κήρυγμα θεῖναι τὸν στρατηγὸν ἀρτίως;
ἔχεις τι κεἰσήκουσας; ἤ σε λανθάνει
πρὸς τοὺς φίλους στείχοντα τῶν ἐχθρῶν κακά;
10
τί δ᾽, ὦ ταλαῖφρον, εἰ τάδ' ἐν τούτοις, ἐγὼ
λύουσ᾽ ἂν ἢ ᾿φάπτουσα προσθείμην πλέον;
40
οὔτ᾽ ἂν κελεύσαιμ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ἄν, εἰ θέλοις ἔτι
πράσσειν, ἐμοῦ γ᾽ ἂν ἡδέως δρῴης μέτα.
70
ἄλλ᾽ ἴσθ᾽ ὁποία σοι δοκεῖ, κεῖνον δ᾽ ἐγὼ
θάψω. καλόν μοι τοῦτο ποιούσῃ θανεῖν.
φίλη μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ κείσομαι, φίλου μέτα,
ὅσια πανουργήσασ'· ἐπεὶ πλείων χρόνος
ὃν δεῖ μ᾿ ἀρέσκειν τοῖς κάτω τῶν ἐνθάδε.
75
ἐκεῖ γὰρ ἀεὶ κείσομαι· σοὶ δ᾽ εἰ δοκεῖ,
τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἔντιμ᾽ ἀτιμάσασ᾽ ἔχε.
ἀκτὶς ἀελίου, τὸ κάλλιστον ἑπταπύλῳ φανὲν
100
Θήβᾳ τῶν προτέρων φάος,
ἐφάνθης ποτ', ὦ χρυσέας
ἁμέρας βλέφαρον,
Διρκαίων ὑπὲρ ῥεέθρων μολοῦσα,
105
τὸν λεύκασπιν Ἀργόθεν † φῶτα βάντα πανσαγίᾳ
φυγάδα πρόδρομον ὀξυτέρῳ
κινήσασα χαλινῷ·
ὃς ἐφ᾿ ἡμετέρᾳ γᾷ *Πολυνείκους
110
ἀρθεὶς νεικέων ἐξ ἀμφιλόγων
ὀξέα κλάζων
αἰετὸς εἰς γᾶν ὡς ὑπερέπτη,
λευκῆς χιόνος πτέρυγι στεγανὸς
πολλῶν μεθ᾽ ὅπλων
115
ξύν θ᾽ ἱπποκόμοις κορύθεσσι.
α
στὰς δ᾽ ὑπὲρ μελάθρων *φονώσαισιν ἀμφιχανὼν κύκλῳ
λόγχαις ἑπτάπυλον στόμα,
ἔβα, πρίν ποθ᾽ ἁμετέρων
120
αἱμάτων γένυσιν
πλησθῆναί τε καὶ στεφάνωμα πύργων
πευκάενθ' Ἥφαιστον ἑλεῖν. τοῖος ἀμφὶ νῶτ᾽ ἐτάθη
πάταγος Ἄρεος ἀντιπάλῳ
δυσχείρωμα δράκοντι,
Ζεὺς γὰρ μεγάλης γλώσσης κόμπους
ὑπερεχθαίρει, καί σφας ἐσιδὼν
πολλῷ ῥεύματι προσνισσομένους,
51v
χρυσοῦ καναχῆς ὑπερόπτης,
130
παλτῷ ῥιπτεῖ πυρὶ βαλβίδων
ἐπ᾿ ἄκρων ἤδη
νίκην ὁρμῶντ᾽ ἀλαλάξαι·
β
ἀντιτύπᾳ δ᾽ ἐπὶ γᾷ πέσε τανταλωθεὶς
πυρφόρος ὃς τότε μαινομένᾳ ξὺν ὁρμᾷ
135
βακχεύων ἐπέπνει
ῥιπαῖς ἐχθίστων ἀνέμων.
εἶχε δ᾽ ἄλλᾳ τὰ μέν·
δεινὰ δ᾽ ἐπ᾿ ἄλλοις ἐπενώμα στυφελίζων μέγας Ἄρης
δεξιόσειρος.
140
ἑπτὰ λοχαγοὶ γὰρ ἐφ᾽ ἑπτὰ πύλαις
ταχθέντες ἴσοι πρὸς ἴσους ἔλιπον
Ζηνὶ τροπαίῳ πάγχαλκα τέλη,
πλὴν τοῖν στυγεροῖν, ὣ πατρὸς ἑνὸς
μητρός τε μιᾶς φύντε καθ᾽ αὑτοῖν
145
δικρατεῖς λόγχας στήσαντ᾽ ἔχετον
κοινοῦ θανάτου μέρος ἄμφω.
β
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἁ μεγαλώνυμος ἦλθε Νίκα
τᾷ πολυαρμάτῳ ἀντιχαρεῖσα Θήβᾳ,
ἐκ μὲν δὴ πολέμων
150
τῶν νῦν θέσθε λησμοσύναν,
θεῶν δὲ ναοὺς χοροῖς
παννυχίοις πάντας ἐπέλθωμεν, ὁ Θήβας δ᾽ ἐλελίχθων
Βάκχιος ἄρχοι.
Greek (A. Colonna, 1978) (OCR draft) Experimental (Greek (A. Colonna, 1978)) — 1 focus
ὦ κοινὸν αὐτάδελφον Ἰσμήνης κάρα,
1
ἆρ᾽ οἶσθ᾽ ὅ τι Ζεὺς τῶν ἀπ᾿ Οἰδίπου κακῶν
ὁποῖον οὐχὶ νῷν ἔτι ζώσαιν τελεῖ;
οὐδὲν γὰρ οὔτ᾽ ἀλγεινὸν οὔτ᾽ ἄτης ἄτερ,
οὔτ᾽ αἰσχρόν, οὔτ᾽ ἄτιμόν ἐσθ’, ὁποῖον οὐ
5
τῶν σῶν τε κἀμῶν οὐχ ὄπωπ᾽ ἐγὼ κακῶν.
καὶ νῦν τί τοῦτ᾽ αὖ φασι πανδήμῳ πόλει
κήρυγμα θεῖναι τὸν στρατηγὸν ἀρτίως;
ἔχεις τι κεἰσήκουσας ; ἤ σε λανθάνει
πρὸς τοὺς φίλους στείχοντα τῶν ἐχθρῶν κακά;
10
τί δ᾽, ὦ ταλαῖφρον, εἰ τάδ᾽ ἐν τούτοις, ἐγὼ
λύουσ᾽ ἂν εἴθ᾽ ἅπτουσα προσθείμην πλέον;
40
οὔτ᾽ ἂν κελεύσαιμ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ἄν, εἰ θέλοις ἔτι
πράσσειν, ἐμοῦ γ᾽ ἂν ἡδέως δρῴης μέτα.
70
ἀλλ᾽ ἴσθ᾽ ὁποία σοι δοκεῖ, κεῖνον δ᾽ ἐγὼ
θάψω· καλόν μοι τοῦτο ποιούσῃ θανεῖν.
φίλη μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ κείσομαι, φίλου μέτα,
ὅσια πανουργήσασ᾽· ἐπεὶ πλείων χρόνος
ὃν δεῖ μ᾽ ἀρέσκειν τοῖς κάτω τῶν ἐνθάδε.
75
ἐκεῖ γὰρ αἰεὶ κείσομαι σοὶ δ᾽ εἰ δοκεῖ,
τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἔντιμ᾽ ἀτιμάσασ᾽ ἔχε.
ἀκτὶς ἀελίου, τὸ κάλ-
100
λιστον ἑπταπύλῳ φανὲν
Θήβᾳ τῶν προτέρων φάος,
ἐφάνθης ποτ᾽, ὦ χρυσέας
ἁμέρας βλέφαρον, Διρκαί-
ων ὑπὲρ ῥεέθρων μολοῦσα,
105
τὸν λεύκασπιν ἀπ᾽ Ἀργόθεν
φῶτα, βάντα πανσαγίᾳ
φυγάδα πρόδρομον, ὀξυτόρῳ
κινήσασα χαλινῷ.
ὃν ἐφ᾽ ἡμετέρᾳ γᾷ Πολυνείκης
110
ἀρθεὶς νεικέων ἐξ ἀμφιλόγων
ἄγαγε· κεῖνος δ᾽ ὀξέα κλάζων
αἰετὸς εἰς γᾶν ὣς ὑπερέπτα,
λευκῆς χιόνος πτέρυγι στεγανός,
πολλῶν μεθ᾽ ὅπλων
115
ξύν θ᾽ ἱπποκόμοις κορύθεσσιν.
1
στὰς δ᾽ ὑπὲρ μελάθρων φονώ-
σαισιν ἀμφιχανὼν κύχλῳ
λόγχαις ἑπτάπυλον στόμα,
ἔβα πρίν ποθ᾽ ἁμετέρων
120
αἱμάτων γένυσιν πλησθῆ-
ναί τε καὶ στεφάνωμα πύργων
πευκάενθ᾽ Ἥφαιστον ἑλεῖν.
τοῖος ἀμφὶ νῶτ᾽ ἐτάθη
πάταγος Ἄρεος, ἀντιπάλῳ
125
δυσχείρωμα δράκοντος.
Ζεὺς γὰρ μεγάλης γλώσσης κόμπους
ὑπερεχθαίρει, καί σφας ἐσιδὼν
πολλῷ ῥεύματι προσνισομένους,
χρυσοῦ καναχῆς ὑπεροπλίαις.
130
παλτῷ ῥιπτεῖ πυρὶ βαλβίδων
ἐπ᾿ ἄκρων ἤδη
νίκην ὁρμῶντ᾽ ἀλαλάξαι.
2
ἀντιτύπᾳ δ᾽ ἐπὶ γᾷ πέσε τανταλωθεὶς
πυρφόρος ὃς τότε μαινομένᾳ ξὺν ὁρμᾷ
135
βακχεύων ἐπέπνει
ῥιπαῖς ἐχθίστων ἀνέμων.
εἶχε δ᾽ ἄλλᾳ τὰ μέν,
ἄλλα δ᾽ ἐπ’ ἄλλοις ἐπενώμα στυφελί-
ζων μέγας Ἄρης δεξιόσειρος.
140
ἑπτὰ λοχαγοὶ γὰρ ἐφ᾽ ἑπτὰ πύλαις
ταχθέντες ἴσοι πρὸς ἴσους ἔλιπον
Ζηνὶ τροπαίῳ πάγχαλκα τέλη,
πλὴν τοῖν στυγεροῖν, ὣ πατρὸς ἑνὸς
μητρός τε μιᾶς φύντε καθ’ αὑτοῖν
145
δικρατεῖς λόγχας στήσαντ᾽ ἔχετον
κοινοῦ θανάτου μέρος ἄμφω.
2
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἁ μεγαλώνυμος ἦλθε Νίκα
τᾷ πολυαρμάτῳ ἀντιχαρεῖσα Θήβᾳ,
ἐκ μὲν δὴ πολέμων
150
τῶν νῦν θέσθαι λησμοσύναν·
θεῶν δὲ ναοὺς χοροῖς
παννυχίοις πάντας ἐπέλθωμεν, ὁ Θή-
βας δ᾽ ἐλελίχθων Βάκχιος ἄρχοι.
Greek (A. Dain, 1955) (OCR draft) Experimental (Greek (A. Dain, 1955)) — 1 focus
ὦ κοινὸν αὐτάδελφον Ἰσμήνης κάρα,
1
ἆρ’ οἶσθ’ ὅ τι Ζεὺς τῶν ἀπ’ Οἰδίπου κακῶν
ὁποῖον οὐχὶ νῷν ἔτι ζώσαιν τελεῖ;
οὐδὲν γὰρ οὔτ’ ἀλγεινὸν οὔτ’ ἄτης ἄτερ
οὔτ’ αἰσχρὸν οὔτ’ ἄτιμόν ἐσθ’ ὁποῖον οὐ
5
τῶν σῶν τε κἀμῶν οὐκ ὄπωπ’ ἐγὼ κακῶν.
καὶ νῦν τί τοῦτ’ αὖ φασι πανδήμῳ πόλει
κήρυγμα θεῖναι τὸν στρατηγὸν ἀρτίως;
ἔχεις τι κεἰσήκουσας; ἤ σε λανθάνει
πρὸς τοὺς φίλους στείχοντα τῶν ἐχθρῶν κακά;
10
τί δ’, ὦ ταλαῖφρον, εἰ τάδ’ ἐν τούτοις, ἐγὼ
λύουσ’ ἂν εἴθ’ ἅπτουσα προσθείμην πλέον;
40
οὔτ’ ἂν κελεύσαιμ’ οὔτ’ ἄν, εἰ θέλοις ἔτι
πράσσειν, ἐμοῦ γ’ ἂν ἡδέως δρῴης μέτα.
70
ἀλλ’ ἴσθ’ ὁποία σοι δοκεῖ, κεῖνον δ’ ἐγὼ
θάψω· καλόν μοι τοῦτο ποιούσῃ θανεῖν.
φίλη μετ’ αὐτοῦ κείσομαι, φίλου μέτα,
ὅσια πανουργήσασ’· ἐπεὶ πλείων χρόνος
ὃν δεῖ μ’ ἀρέσκειν τοῖς κάτω τῶν ἐνθάδε.
75
ἐκεῖ γὰρ αἰεὶ κείσομαι· σοὶ δ’ εἰ δοκεῖ,
τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἔντιμ’ ἀτιμάσασ’ ἔχε.
ἀκτὶς ἀελίου, τὸ κάλ-
100
λιστον ἑπταπύλῳ φανὲν
Θήβᾳ τῶν πρότερον φάος,
ἐφάνθης ποτ’, ὦ χρυσέας
ἁμέρας βλέφαρον, Διρκαί-
ων ὑπὲρ ῥεέθρων μολοῦσα,
105
τὸν λεύκασπιν Ἀπιόθεν
φῶτα, βάντα πανσαγίᾳ
φυγάδα πρόδρομον, ὀξυτέρῳ
κινήσασα χαλινῷ.
ὃν ἐφ’ ἡμετέρᾳ γῇ Πολυνείκης
110
ἀρθεὶς νεικέων ἐξ ἀμφιλόγων
ἤγαγεν ἐχθρόν· ὁ δ’ ὀξέα κλάζων
αἰετὸς εἰς γῆν ὣς ὑπερέπτη,
λευκῆς χιόνος πτέρυγι στεγανός,
πολλῶν μεθ’ ὅπλων
115
ξύν θ’ ἱπποκόμοις κορύθεσσιν.
1
στὰς δ’ ὑπὲρ μελάθρων φονώ-
σαισιν ἀμφιχανὼν κύκλῳ
λόγχαις ἑπτάπυλον στόμα,
ἔβα πρίν ποθ’ ἁμετέρων
120
αἱμάτων γένυσιν πλησθῆ-
ναί τε καὶ στεφάνωμα πύργων
πευκάενθ’ Ἥφαιστον ἑλεῖν.
τοῖος ἀμφὶ νῶτ’ ἐτάθη
πάταγος Ἄρεος, ἀντιπάλου
125
δυσχείρωμα δράκοντος.
Ζεὺς γὰρ μεγάλης γλώσσης κόμπους
ὑπερεχθαίρει, καί σφας ἐσιδὼν
πολλῷ ῥεύματι προσνισσομένους,
χρυσοῦ καναχῆς ὑπεροπλίαις,
130
παλτῷ ῥιπτεῖ πυρὶ βαλβίδων
ἐπ’ ἄκρων ἤδη
νίκην ὁρμῶντ’ ἀλαλάξαι.
2
ἀντιτύπᾳ δ’ ἐπὶ γᾷ πέσε τανταλωθεὶς
πυρφόρος ὃς τότε μαινομένᾳ ξὺν ὁρμᾷ
135
βακχεύων ἐπέπνει
ῥιπαῖς ἐχθίστων ἀνέμων.
εἶχε δ’ ἄλλᾳ τὰ μέν,
ἄλλα δ’ ἐπ’ ἄλλοις ἐπενώμα στυφελί-
ζων μέγας Ἄρης δεξιόσειρος.
140
ἑπτὰ λοχαγοὶ γὰρ ἐφ’ ἑπτὰ πύλαις
ταχθέντες ἴσοι πρὸς ἴσους ἔλιπον
Ζηνὶ Τροπαίῳ πάγχαλκα τέλη,
πλὴν τοῖν στυγεροῖν, ὣ πατρὸς ἑνὸς
μητρός τε μιᾶς φύντε καθ’ αὑτοῖν
145
δικρατεῖς λόγχας στήσαντ’ ἔχετον
κοινοῦ θανάτου μέρος ἄμφω.
2
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἁ μεγαλώνυμος ἦλθε Νίκα
τᾷ πολυαρμάτῳ ἀντιχαρεῖσα Θήβᾳ,
ἐκ μὲν δὴ πολέμων
150
τῶν νῦν θέσθαι λησμοσύναν·
θεῶν δὲ ναοὺς χοροῖς
παννυχίοις πάντας ἐπέλθωμεν, ὁ Θή-
βας δ’ ἐλελίχθων Βάκχιος ἄρχοι.
Greek (R. D. Dawe, 1979) (OCR draft) Experimental (Greek (R. D. Dawe, 1979)) — 1 focus
ὦ κοινὸν αὐτάδελφον Ἰσμήνης κάρα,
1
ἆρ᾽ οἶσθ᾽ ὅ τι Ζεὺς τῶν ἀπ᾿ Οἰδίπου κακῶν
ὁποῖον οὐχὶ νῶιν ἔτι ζώσαιν τελεῖ;
οὐδὲν γὰρ οὔτ᾽ ἀλγεινὸν οὔτ᾽ † ἄτης ἄτερ †
οὔτ᾽ αἰσχρὸν οὔτ᾽ ἄτιμόν ἐσθ', ὁποῖον οὐ
5
τῶν σῶν τε κἀμῶν οὐκ ὄπωπ᾽ ἐγὼ κακῶν.
καὶ νῦν τί τοῦτ᾽ αὖ φασι πανδήμωι πόλει
κήρυγμα θεῖναι τὸν στρατηγὸν ἀρτίως;
ἔχεις τι κεἰσήκουσας; ἤ σε λανθάνει
πρὸς τοὺς φίλους στείχοντα τῶν ἐχθρῶν κακά;
10
τί δ᾽, ὦ ταλαῖφρον, εἰ τάδ᾽ ἐν τούτοις, ἐγὼ
λύουσ᾽ ἂν εἴθ᾽ ἅπτουσα προσθείμην πλέον;
40
οὔτ᾽ ἂν κελεύσαιμ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ἄν, εἰ θέλοις ἔτι
πράσσειν, ἐμοῦ γ᾽ ἂν ἡδέως δρώιης μέτα.
70
ἀλλ᾽ ἴσθ᾽ ὁποῖά σοι δοκεῖ· κεῖνον δ᾽ ἐγὼ
θάψω. καλόν μοι τοῦτο ποιούσηι θανεῖν.
φίλη μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ κείσομαι, φίλου μέτα,
ὅσια πανουργήσασ᾽, ἐπεὶ πλείων χρόνος
ὃν δεῖ μ᾽ ἀρέσκειν τοῖς κάτω τῶν ἐνθάδε.
75
ἐκεῖ γὰρ αἰεὶ κείσομαι σοὶ δ᾽ εἰ δοκεῖ,
τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἔντιμ᾽ ἀτιμάσασ᾽ ἔχε.
ἀκτὶς ἀελίου, τὸ κάλ-
100
λιστον ἑπταπύλωι φανὲν
Θήβαι τῶν προτέρων φάος,
ἐφάνθης ποτ᾽, ὦ χρυσέας
ἁμέρας βλέφαρον, Διρκαί-
ων ὑπὲρ ῥεέθρων μολοῦσα,
105
τὸν λεύκασπιν † Ἀργόθεν †
φῶτα βάντα πανσαγίαι
φυγάδα πρόδρομον ὀξυτόρωι
κινήσασα χαλινῶι.
ὃν ἐφ᾽ ἁμετέραι γᾶι Πολυνείκης
110
ἀρθεὶς νεικέων ἐξ ἀμφιλόγων
ὀξέα κλάζων
αἰετὸς ὣς γᾶν ὑπερέπτα,
λευκῆς χιόνος πτέρυγι στεγανὸς
πολλῶν μεθ᾽ ὅπλων
115
ξύν θ᾽ ἱπποκόμοις κορύθεσσιν.
1
στὰς δ᾽ ὑπὲρ μελάθρων φονώ-
σαισιν ἀμφιχανὼν κύκλωι
λόγχαις ἑπτάπυλον στόμα,
ἔβα πρίν ποθ᾽ ἁμετέρων
120
αἱμάτων γένυσιν πλησθῆ-
ναί τε καὶ στεφάνωμα πύργων
πευκάενθ᾽ Ἥφαιστον ἑλεῖν.
τοῖος ἀμφὶ νῶτ᾽ ἐτάθη
πάταγος Ἄρεος, ἀντιπάλωι
125
δυσχείρωμα δράκοντος.
Ζεὺς γὰρ μεγάλης γλώσσης κόμπους
ὑπερεχθαίρει, καί σφας ἐσιδὼν
πολλῶι ῥεύματι προσνισσομένους
χρυσοῦ καναχῆς ὑπεροπλίαις,
130
παλτῶι ῥιπτεῖ πυρὶ βαλβίδων
ἐπ᾽ ἄκρων ἤδη
νίκην ὁρμῶντ᾽ ἀλαλάξαι.
2
ἀντιτύπαι δ᾽ ἐπὶ γᾶι πέσε τανταλωθεὶς
πυρφόρος ὃς τότε μαινομέναι ξὺν ὁρμᾶι
135
βακχεύων ἐπέπνει
ῥιπαῖς ἐχθίστων ἀνέμων.
εἶχε δ᾽ †ἄλλα τὰ δ᾽ ἄλλα
τὰ δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἄλλοις † ἐπενώ-
μα στυφελίζων μέγας Ἄρης δεξιόσειρος.
140
ἑπτὰ λοχαγοὶ γὰρ ἐφ᾽ ἑπτὰ πύλαις
ταχθέντες ἴσοι πρὸς ἴσους ἔλιπον
Ζηνὶ τροπαίωι πάγχαλκα τέλη,
πλὴν τοῖν στυγεροῖν, ὣ πατρὸς ἑνὸς
μητρός τε μιᾶς φύντε καθ' αὑτοῖν
145
δικρατεῖς λόγχας στήσαντ᾽ ἔχετον
κοινοῦ θανάτου μέρος ἄμφω.
2
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἁ μεγαλώνυμος ἦλθε Νίκα
τᾶι πολυαρμάτωι ἀντιχαρεῖσα Θήβαι,
ἐκ μὲν δὴ πολέμων
150
τῶν νῦν θέσθαι λησμοσύναν·
θεῶν δὲ ναοὺς χοροῖς
παννυχίοις πάντας ἐπέλ-
θωμεν, ὁ Θήβας δ᾽ ἐλελίχθων βάκχιος ἄρχοι.
Greek (G. Hermann, 1830) (OCR draft) Experimental (Greek (G. Hermann, 1830)) — 1 focus
ὦ κοινὸν αὐτάδελφον Ἰσμήνης κάρα,
1
ἆρ' οἶσθ᾽ ὅτι Ζεὺς τῶν ἀπ᾿ Οἰδίπου κακῶν
ὁποῖον οὐχὶ νῷν ἔτι ζώσαιν τελεῖ;
οὐδὲν γὰρ οὔτ᾽ ἀλγεινόν, οὔτ᾽ ἄτης ἄτερ,
οὔτ᾽ αἰσχρόν , οὔτ᾽ ἄτιμον ἔσθ᾽ ὁποῖον οὔ,
5
τῶν σῶν τε κἀμῶν οὐκ ὄπωπ᾽ ἐγὼ κακῶν.
καὶ νῦν τί τοῦτ᾽ αὖ φασὶ πανδήμῳ πόλει
κήρυγμα θεῖναι τὸν στρατηγὸν ἀρτίως;
ἔχεις τι, κεἰσήκουσας; ἤ σε λανθάνει
πρὸς τοὺς φίλους στείχοντα τῶν ἐχθρῶν κακά;
10
τί δ᾽, ὦ ταλαῖφρον, εἰ τάδ᾽ ἐν τούτοις, ἐγὼ
λύουσ᾽ ἂν ἢ θάπτουσα προσθείμην πλέον;
40
οὔτ᾽ ἂν κελεύσαιμ᾽, οὔτ᾽ ἂν εἰ θέλοις ἔτι
πράσσειν, ἐμοῦ γ᾽ ἂν ἡδέως δρῴης μέτα.
70
ἀλλ᾽ ἴσθ᾽ ὁποίᾳ σοι δοκεῖ. κεῖνον δ᾽ ἐγὼ
θάψω. καλόν μοι τοῦτο ποιούσῃ θανεῖν.
φίλη μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ κείσομαι, φίλου μέτα,
ὅσια πανουργήσασ᾽ · ἐπεὶ πλείων χρόνος,
ὃν δεῖ μ᾽ ἀρέσκειν τοῖς κάτω τῶν ἐνθάδε.
75
ἐκεῖ γὰρ αἰεὶ κείσομαι· σοὶ δ᾽ εἰ δοκεῖ,
τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἔντιμ᾽ ἀτιμάσασ᾽ ἔχε.
ἀκτὶς ἀελίου, τὸ κάλ-
100
λιστον ἑπταπύλῳ φανὲν
Θήβᾳ τῶν προτέρων φάος,
ἐφάνθης πότ᾽, ὦ χρυσέας
ἁμέρας βλέφαρον,
Διρκαίων ὑπὲρ ῥεέθρων μολοῦσα, 105
105
τὸν λεύκασπιν Ἀργόθεν
φῶτα βάντα πανσαγίᾳ;
φυγάδα πρόδρομον ὀξυτέρῳ
κινήσασα χαλινῷ,
1
ὃν ἐφ᾽ ἁμετέρᾳ γᾷ Πολυνείκης
110
ἀρθεὶς νεικέων ἐξ ἀμφιλόγων
ὀξέα κλάζων αἰετὸς ἐς γᾶν
ὣς ὑπερέπτα,
λευκῆς χιόνος πτέρυγι στεγανός,
πολλῶν μεθ' ὅπλων,
115
ξύν θ᾽ ἱπποκόμοις κορύθεσσιν.
1
στὰς δ᾽ ὑπὲρ μελάθρων φονώ-
σαισιν ἀμφιχανὼν κύκλῳ
λόγχαις ἑπτάπυλον στόμα,
ἔβα, πρίν ποθ᾽ ἁμετέρων
120
αἱμάτων γένυσιν
πλησθῆναί τε καὶ στεφάνωμα πύργων
πευκάενθ᾽ Ἥφαιστον ἑλεῖν.
τοῖος ἀμφὶ νῶτ᾽ ἐτάθη
πάταγος Ἄρεος, ἀντιπάλῳ
125
δυσχείρωμα δράκοντι.
1
Ζεὺς γὰρ μεγάλης γλώσσης κόμπους
ὑπερεχθαίρει· καί σφας ἐσιδὼν
πολλῷ ῥεύματι προσνισσομένους
χρυσοῦ καναχῆς ὑπερόπτας,
130
παλτῷ ῥίπτει πυρί, βαλβίδων
ἐπ᾿ ἄκρων ἤδη
νίκην ὁρμῶντ᾽ ἀλαλάξαι,
2
ἀντίτυπα δ' ἐπὶ γᾷ πέσε τανταλωθείς,
πυρφόρος ὃς τότε μαινομένᾳ ξὺν ὁρμᾷ
135
βακχεύων ἐπέπνει
ῥιπαῖς ἐχθίστων ἀνέμων.
εἶχε δ᾽ ἄλλᾳ μὲν ἄλ-
λᾳ· τὰ δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἄλλοις ἐπενώμα στυφελίζων μέγας Ἄρης
δεξιόσειρος.
140
2
ἑπτὰ λοχαγοὶ γὰρ ἐφ᾽ ἑπτὰ πύλαις
ταχθέντες ἴσοι πρὸς ἴσους, ἔλιπον
Ζηνὶ τροπαίῳ πάγχαλκα τέλη·
πλὴν τοῖν στυγεροῖν, ὣ πατρὸς ἑνὸς
μητρός τε μιᾶς φύντε καθ᾽ αὑτοῖν
145
δικρατεῖς λόγχας στήσαντ' ἔχετον
κοινοῦ θανάτου μέρος ἄμφω.
2
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἁ μεγαλώνυμος ἦλθε Νίκα
τᾷ πολυαρμάτῳ ἀντιχαρεῖσα Θήβᾳ,
ἐκ μὲν δὴ πολέμων
150
τῶν νῦν θέσθε λησμοσύναν,
θεῶν δὲ ναοὺς χοροῖς
παννυχίοις πάντας ἐπέλθωμεν· ὁ Θήβας δ᾽ ἐλελίχθων
Βάκχιος ἄρχοι.
2
Greek (R. C. Jebb, 1906) (OCR draft) Experimental (Greek (R. C. Jebb, 1906)) — 1 focus
ὦ κοινὸν αὐτάδελφον Ἰσμήνης κάρα,
1
ἆρ᾽ οἶσθ᾽ ὅ τι Ζεὺς τῶν ἀπ᾽ Οἰδίπου κακῶν
ὁποῖον οὐχὶ νῷν ἔτι ζώσαιν τελεῖ ;
οὐδὲν γὰρ οὔτ᾽ ἀλγεινὸν οὔτ᾽ ἄτης ἄτερ
οὔτ᾽ αἰσχρὸν οὔτ᾽ ἄτιμόν ἐσθ᾽, ὁποῖον οὐ
5
τῶν σῶν τε κἀμῶν οὐκ ὄπωπ᾽ ἐγὼ κακῶν.
καὶ νῦν τί τοῦτ᾽ αὖ φασὶ πανδήμῳ πόλει
κήρυγμα θεῖναι τὸν στρατηγὸν ἀρτίως;
ἔχεις τι κεἰσήκουσας ; ἤ σε λανθάνει
πρὸς τοὺς φίλους στείχοντα τῶν ἐχθρῶν κακά;
10
τί δ᾽, ὦ ταλαῖφρον, εἰ τάδ᾽ ἐν τούτοις, ἐγὼ
λύουσ᾽ ἂν ἢ ᾽φάπτουσα προσθείμην πλέον;
40
οὔτ᾽ ἂν κελεύσαιμ᾽, οὔτ᾽ ἄν, εἰ θέλοις ἔτι
πράσσειν, ἐμοῦ γ᾽ ἂν ἡδέως δρῴης μέτα.
70
ἀλλ᾽ ἴσθ᾽ ὁποία σοι δοκεῖ· κεῖνον δ᾽ ἐγὼ
θάψω· καλόν μοι τοῦτο ποιούσῃ θανεῖν.
φίλη μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ κείσομαι, φίλου μέτα,
ὅσια πανουργήσασ᾽· ἐπεὶ πλείων χρόνος
ὃν δεῖ μ᾽ ἀρέσκειν τοῖς κάτω τῶν ἐνθάδε.
75
ἐκεῖ γὰρ ἀεὶ κείσομαι· σοὶ δ᾽ εἰ δοκεῖ,
τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἔντιμ᾽ ἀτιμάσασ᾽ ἔχε.
ἀκτὶς ἀελίου, τὸ κάλλιστον ἑπταπύλῳ φανὲν 1
100
Θήβᾳ τῶν προτέρων φάος, 2
ἐφάνθης ποτ᾽, ὦ χρυσέας 3
ἁμέρας βλέφαρον, Διρκαίων ὑπὲρ ῥεέθρων μολοῦσα, 4
τὸν λεύκασπιν Ἀργόθεν ἐκβάντα φῶτα πανσαγίᾳ 5
φυγάδα πρόδρομον ὀξυτέρῳ κινήσασα χαλινῷ· 6
1
ὃς ἐφ᾽ ἡμετέρᾳ γᾷ Πολυνείκους
110
ἀρθεὶς νεικέων ἐξ ἀμφιλόγων
ὀξέα κλάζων
αἰετὸς εἰς γᾶν ὣς ὑπερέπτα,
λευκῆς χιόνος πτέρυγι στεγανός,
πολλῶν μεθ᾽ ὅπλων
115
ξύν θ᾽ ἱπποκόμοις κορύθεσσι.
1
στὰς δ᾽ ὑπὲρ μελάθρων, φονώσαισιν ἀμφιχανὼν κύκλῳ 1
λόγχαις ἑπτάπυλον στόμα, 2
ἔβα, πρίν ποθ᾽ ἁμετέρων 3
120
αἱμάτων γένυσιν πλησθῆναί τε καὶ στεφάνωμα 4
πύργων
πευκάενθ᾽ Ἥφαιστον ἑλεῖν. τοῖος ἀμφὶ νῶτ᾽ ἐτάθη 5
πάταγος Ἄρεος, ἀντιπάλῳ δυσχείρωμα δράκοντος. 6
2
Ζεὺς γὰρ μεγάλης γλώσσης κόμπους
ὑπερεχθαίρει, καί σφας ἐσιδὼν
πολλῷ ῥεύματι προσνισσομένους,
χρυσοῦ καναχῆς ὑπεροπλίαις,
130
παλτῷ ῥιπτεῖ πυρὶ βαλβίδων
ἐπ’ ἄκρων ἤδη
νίκην ὁρμῶντ᾽ ἀλαλάξαι.
2
ἀντιτύπᾳ δ᾽ ἐπὶ γᾷ πέσε τανταλωθεὶς 1
πυρφόρος, ὃς τότε μαινομένᾳ ξὺν ὁρμᾷ 2
135
βακχεύων ἐπέπνει 3
ῥιπαῖς ἐχθίστων ἀνέμων. 4
εἶχε δ᾽ ἄλλᾳ τὰ μέν, 5
ἄλλα δ᾽ ἐπ’ ἄλλοις ἐπενώμα στυφελίζων μέγας Ἄρης 6
δεξιόσειρος. 7
140
3
ἑπτὰ λοχαγοὶ γὰρ ἐφ᾽ ἑπτὰ πύλαις
ταχθέντες ἴσοι πρὸς ἴσους ἔλιπον
Ζηνὶ τροπαίῳ πάγχαλκα τέλη,
πλὴν τοῖν στυγεροῖν, ὣ πατρὸς ἑνὸς
μητρός τε μιᾶς φύντε καθ᾽ αὑτοῖν
145
δικρατεῖς λόγχας στήσαντ᾽ ἔχετον
κοινοῦ θανάτου μέρος ἄμφω.
2
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἁ μεγαλώνυμος ἦλθε Νίκα 1
τᾷ πολυαρμάτῳ ἀντιχαρεῖσα Θήβᾳ, 2
ἐκ μὲν δὴ πολέμων 3
150
τῶν νῦν θέσθαι λησμοσύναν, 4
θεῶν δὲ ναοὺς χοροῖς 5
παννυχίοις πάντας ἐπέλθωμεν, ὁ Θήβας δ᾽ ἐλελίχθων 6
Βάκχιος ἄρχοι. 7
4
Greek (A. C. Pearson, 1924) (OCR draft) Experimental (Greek (A. C. Pearson, 1924)) — 1 focus
ὦ κοινὸν αὐτάδελφον Ἰσμήνης κάρα,
1
ἆρ’ οἶσθ᾽ ὅ τι Ζεὺς τῶν ἀπ᾽ Οἰδίπου κακῶν
ὁποῖον οὐχὶ νῷν ἔτι ζώσαιν τελεῖ;
οὐδὲν γὰρ οὔτ᾽ ἀλγεινὸν οὔτ᾽ ἄτης ἄτερ
οὔτ᾽ αἰσχρὸν οὔτ᾽ ἄτιμόν ἐσθ᾽, ὁποῖον οὐ
5
τῶν σῶν τε κἀμῶν οὐκ ὄπωπ᾽ ἐγὼ κακῶν.
καὶ νῦν τί τοῦτ᾽ αὖ φασι πανδήμῳ πόλει
κήρυγμα θεῖναι τὸν στρατηγὸν ἀρτίως;
ἔχεις τι κεἰσήκουσας; ἤ σε λανθάνει
πρὸς τοὺς φίλους στείχοντα τῶν ἐχθρῶν κακά;
10
τί δ᾽, ὦ ταλαῖφρον, εἰ τάδ᾽ ἐν τούτοις, ἐγὼ
λύουσ᾽ ἂν εἴθ᾽ ἅπτουσα προσθείμην πλέον;
40
οὔτ᾽ ἂν κελεύσαιμ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ἄν, εἰ θέλοις ἔτι
πράσσειν, ἐμοῦ γ᾽ ἂν ἡδέως δρῴης μέτα.
70
ἀλλ᾽ ἴσθ᾽ ὁποῖά σοι δοκεῖ, κεῖνον δ᾽ ἐγὼ
θάψω. καλόν μοι τοῦτο ποιούσῃ θανεῖν.
φίλη μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ κείσομαι, φίλου μέτα,
ὅσια πανουργήσασ᾽· ἐπεὶ πλείων χρόνος
ὃν δεῖ μ᾽ ἀρέσκειν τοῖς κάτω τῶν ἐνθάδε.
75
ἐκεῖ γὰρ αἰεὶ κείσομαι· σοὶ δ᾽ εἰ δοκεῖ,
τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἔντιμ᾽ ἀτιμάσασ᾽ ἔχε.
ἀκτὶς ἀελίου, τὸ κάλ-
100
λιστον ἑπταπύλῳ φανὲν
Θήβᾳ τῶν πρότερον φάος,
ἐφάνθης ποτ’, ὦ χρυσέας
ἁμέρας βλέφαρον, Διρκαί-
ων ὑπὲρ ῥεέθρων μολοῦσα,
105
τὸν λεύκασπιν † Ἀργόθεν
φῶτα βάντα πανσαγίᾳ
φυγάδα πρόδρομον ὀξυτέρῳ.
κινήσασα χαλινῷ·
ὃν ἐφ᾽ ἁμετέρᾳ γᾷ Πολυνείκης
110
ἀρθεὶς νεικέων ἐξ ἀμφιλόγων
ὀξέα κλάζων
αἰετὸς ἐς γᾶν ὣς ὑπερέπτα,
λευκῆς χιόνος πτέρυγι στεγανὸς
πολλῶν μεθ᾽ ὅπλων
115
ξύν θ᾽ ἱπποκόμοις κορύθεσσι.
στὰς δ᾽ ὑπὲρ μελάθρων φονώ-
σαισιν ἀμφιχανὼν κύκλῳ
λόγχαις ἑπτάπυλον στόμα
ἔβα, πρίν ποθ᾽ ἁμετέρων
120
αἱμάτων γένυσιν πλησθῆ-
ναί τε καὶ στεφάνωμα πύργων
πευκάενθ᾽ Ἥφαιστον ἑλεῖν.
τοῖος ἀμφὶ νῶτ᾽ ἐτάθη
πάταγος Ἄρεος, ἀντιπάλου
δυσχείρωμα δράκοντος.
Ζεὺς γὰρ μεγάλης γλώσσης κόμπους
ὑπερεχθαίρει, καί σφας ἐσιδὼν
πολλῷ ῥεύματι προσνισομένους,
130
χρυσοῦ καναχῆς ὑπερόπτας,
130
παλτῷ ῥιπτεῖ πυρὶ βαλβίδων
ἐπ᾽ ἄκρων ἤδη
νίκην ὁρμῶντ᾽ ἀλαλάξαι·
ἀντιτύπᾳ δ᾽ ἐπὶ γᾷ πέσε τανταλωθεὶς
πυρφόρος ὃς τότε μαινομένᾳ ξὺν ὁρμᾷ
135
βακχεύων ἐπέπνει
ῥιπαῖς ἐχθίστων ἀνέμων.
εἶχε δ᾽ ἄλλᾳ τὰ μέν,
ἄλλα δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἄλλοις ἐπενώ-
μα στυφελίζων μέγας Ἄρης δεξιόσειρος.
140
ἑπτὰ λοχαγοὶ γὰρ ἐφ᾽ ἑπτὰ πύλαις
ταχθέντες ἴσοι πρὸς ἴσους ἔλιπον
Ζηνὶ τροπαίῳ πάγχαλκα τέλη,
πλὴν τοῖν στυγεροῖν, ὣ πατρὸς ἑνὸς
μητρός τε μιᾶς φύντε καθ᾽ αὑτοῖν
145
δικρατεῖς λόγχας στήσαντ᾽ ἔχετον
κοινοῦ θανάτου μέρος ἄμφω.
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἁ μεγαλώνυμος ἦλθε Νίκα
τᾷ πολυαρμάτῳ ἀντιχαρεῖσα Θήβᾳ,
ἐκ μὲν δὴ πολέμων
150
τῶν νῦν θέσθαι λησμοσύναν,
θεῶν δὲ ναοὺς χοροῖς
παννυχίοις πάντας ἐπέλ-
θωμεν, ὁ Θήβας δ᾽ ἐλελίχθων Βάκχιος ἄρχοι.
Antigone (OCR draft) Experimental (Antigone) — 1 focus
Greek (K. Reinhardt, 1949) (OCR draft) Experimental (Greek (K. Reinhardt, 1949)) — 1 focus
ὦ κοινὸν αὐτάδελφον Ἰσμήνης κάρα,
1
ἆρ᾽ οἶσθ᾽ ὅ τι Ζεὺς τῶν ἀπ᾽ Οἰδίπου κακῶν
ὁποῖον οὐχὶ νῶιν ἔτι ζώσαιν τελεῖ;
οὐδὲν γὰρ οὔτ᾽ ἀλγεινὸν οὔτ᾽ ἄτης ἄτερ
οὔτ᾽ αἰσχρὸν οὔτ᾽ ἄτιμόν ἐσθ᾽, ὁποῖον οὐ
5
τῶν σῶν τε κἀμῶν οὐκ ὄπωπ᾽ ἐγὼ κακῶν.
καὶ νῦν τί τοῦτ᾽ αὖ φασι πανδήμωι πόλει
κήρυγμα θεῖναι τὸν στρατηγὸν ἀρτίως;
ἔχεις τι κεἰσήκουσας; ἤ σε λανθάνει
πρὸς τοὺς φίλους στείχοντα τῶν ἐχθρῶν κακά;
10
τί δ᾽, ὦ ταλαῖφρον, εἰ τάδ᾽ ἐν τούτοις, ἐγὼ
λύουσ᾽ ἂν ἢ ᾽φάπτουσα προσθείμην πλέον;
40
οὔτ᾽ ἂν κελεύσαιμ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ἄν, εἰ θέλοις ἔτι
πράσσειν, ἐμοῦ γ᾽ ἂν ἡδέως δρώιης μέτα,
70
ἀλλ᾽ ἴσθ᾽ ὁποῖά σοι δοκεῖ, κεῖνον δ᾽ ἐγὼ
θάψω. καλόν μοι τοῦτο ποιούσηι θανεῖν.
φίλη μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ κείσομαι, φίλου μέτα,
ὅσια πανουργήσασ᾽· ἐπεὶ πλείων χρόνος
ὃν δεῖ μ᾽ ἀρέσκειν τοῖς κάτω τῶν ἐνθάδε.
75
ἐκεῖ γὰρ αἰεὶ κείσομαι· σὺ δ᾽, εἰ δοκεῖ,
τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἔντιμ᾽ ἀτιμάσασ᾽ ἔχε.
ἀκτὶς ἀελίου, τὸ κάλ-
100
λιστον ἑπταπύλωι φανὲν
Θήβαι τῶν προτέρων φάος,
ἐφάνθης ποτ᾽, ὦ χρυσέας
ἁμέρας βλέφαρον, Διρκαί-
ων ὑπὲρ ῥεέθρων μολοῦσα,
105
τὸν λεύκασπιν Ἀργόθεν ἒκ
φῶτα βάντα πανσαγίαι
φυγάδα πρόδρομον ὀξυτέρωι
κινήσασα χαλινῶι·
ὃν ἐφ᾽ ἡμετέραι γᾶι Πολυνείκης
110
ἀρθεὶς νεικέων ἐξ ἀμφιλόγων
ἤγαγε· κεῖνος δ᾽ ὀξέα κλάζων
αἰετὸς ἐς γᾶν ὣς ὑπερέπτη,
λευκῆς χιόνος πτέρυγι στεγανός,
πολλῶν μεθ᾽ ὅπλων
115
ξύν θ᾽ ἱπποκόμοις κορύθεσσιν.
στὰς δ᾽ ὑπὲρ μελάθρων φονώ-
σαισιν ἀμφιχανὼν κύκλωι
λόγχαις ἑπτάπυλον στόμα
ἔβα, πρίν ποθ᾽ ἁμετέρων
120
αἱμάτων γένυσιν πλησθῆ-
ναί τε καὶ στεφάνωμα πύργων
πευκάενθ᾽ Ἥφαιστον ἑλεῖν·
τοῖος ἀμφὶ νῶτ᾽ ἐτάθη
πάταγος Ἄρεος, ἀντιπάλωι
125
δυσχείρωμα δράκοντος.
Ζεὺς γὰρ μεγάλης γλώσσης κόμπους
ὑπερεχθαίρει, καί σφας ἐσιδὼν
πολλῶι ῥεύματι προσνισσομένους
χρυσοῦ καναχῆς ὑπεροπλίαις,
130
παλτῶι ῥιπτεῖ πυρὶ βαλβίδων
ἐπ᾽ ἄκρων ἤδη
νίκην ὁρμῶντ᾽ ἀλαλάξαι.
ἀντιτύπαι δ᾽ ἐπὶ γᾶι πέσε τανταλωθεὶς
πυρφόρος ὃς τότε μαινομέναι ξὺν ὁρμᾶι
135
βακχεύων ἐπέπνει
ῥιπαῖς ἐχθίστων ἀνέμων.
εἶχε δ᾽ ἄλλαι τὰ μέν,
ἄλλα δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἄλλοις ἐπενώμα στυφελίζων μέγας Ἄρης
δεξιόσειρος.
140
ἑπτὰ λοχαγοὶ γὰρ ἐφ᾽ ἑπτὰ πύλαις
ταχθέντες ἴσοι πρὸς ἴσους ἔλιπον
Ζηνὶ τροπαίωι πάγχαλκα τέλη,
πλὴν τοῖν στυγεροῖν, ὣ πατρὸς ἑνὸς
μητρός τε μιᾶς φύντε καθ᾽ αὑτοῖν
145
δικρατεῖς λόγχας στήσαντ᾽ ἔχετον
κοινοῦ θανάτου μέρος ἄμφω.
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἁ μεγαλώνυμος ἦλθε Νίκα
τᾶι πολυαρμάτωι ἀντιχαρεῖσα Θήβαι,
ἐκ μὲν δὴ πολέμων
150
τῶν νῦν θέσθε λησμοσύναν,
θεῶν δὲ ναοὺς χοροῖς
παννυχίοις πάντας ἐπέλθωμεν, ὁ Θήβας δ᾽ ἐλελίχθων
Βάκχιος ἄρχοι.
Translations (11)
German (A. Boeckh, 1884) (OCR draft) Experimental (German (A. Boeckh, 1884)) — 1 focus
ihn, welchen ins Land zur Befehdung rief
durch feindlichen Zwist grimmvoll entbrannt
110
Polyneikes, der in dem Fluge des Aars
hellkreischend daher kam über das Land,
von dem Fittig gedeckt weiſsglänzendes Schnee's,
mit der Rüstungen viel
und rofsummähneten Helmen.
115
Jener, über den Häusern, um-
gähnend unserer Thore Mund
mit mordlustigen Speeren rings,
entfloh, eh' er unseres Bluts ganz der Kiefern Begier
sättigt', ehe ragender Thürm' Umkränzung
120
fafst' Hephästos' flammende Glut:
also braust' im Rücken umher
Kriegesgetümmel, verderblicher Kampf
ihm, dem feindlichen Drachen!
Denn Zeus hafst schwer grofssprechender Zung'
125
hochmüthig Geprahl'; und als er ersah,
wie in mächtigem Strom sie zogen heran,
in des Goldes Geklirr, hoffärtiges Sinns,
wirft den er herab mit geschleudertem Strahl,
der aufstieg schon
130
zu den Zinnen in jubelndem Siegsruf,
Und zu der dröhnenden Erde geschmettert fiel er,
der mit geschwungener Fackel in wildem Andrang,
mit wahnsinniger Wuth braust' heran im feindlichsten Sturm.
Diesen traf solches Loos;
135
anderes theilt' anderen zu, mächtig im Kampf drängend,
Ares der grofse
Siegesheld!
Denn Sieben um sieben der Thore gestellt,
Mann gegen den Mann, sie liefsen dem Zeus
zum Preise des Siegs die gediegene Wehr.
140
Nur das schreckliche Paar, von Demselben erzeugt
mit demselbigen Weib, die wider sich selbst,
zwiefach siegreich, einlegten den Speer,
traf gleiches Verhängniſs des Todes.
Aber es kam die gepriesene Siegesgöttin,
145
freudig entgegnend der wagenberühmten Thebe:
deſshalb denket des Kampfs jetztnicht mehr; in nächtlichem Chor
lasset Tanzreigen uns
führend der Stadt Tempeln umher nahen, voran hebe sich
Thebe's
Bacchios jauchzend!
150
Spanish (J. A. Bolufer, 1921) (OCR draft) Experimental (Spanish (J. A. Bolufer, 1921)) — 1 focus
¡Oh compañera cabecita de mi propia hermana Ismena! ¿No sabes que de las maldiciones de Edipo no quedará ninguna a la cual Júpiter no dé cumplimiento en vida nuestra? Porque nada hay más doloroso, ni ominoso, ni torpe, ni deshonroso que no haya visto yo en tus desgracias y en las mías. Y ahora, ¿cuál es ese nuevo pregón que dicen ha publicado por toda la ciudad el reciente jefe? ¿Estás enterada de algo que hayas oído? ¿O ignoras los males que los enemigos han dispuesto contra los nuestros?
¿Y qué, ¡oh desdichada!, si las cosas están así, podré remediar yo, tanto si desobedezco como si acato esas órdenes?
Ni te lo mandaré, ni aunque luego lo quieras hacer, tendré gusto en que me ayudes. Haz de ti lo que te parezca. A él, yo le sepultaré; si hago esto, bello me será morir. Amada yaceré con él, con el amado, después de cumplir con todos los deberes piadosos; porque mayor es el tiempo que debo complacer a los muertos que a los vivos. Pero tú, si te parece, haz desprecio de lo que en más estimación tienen los dioses.
¡Rayo del Sol, la más hermosa luz de las que antes brillaban en Tebas, la de siete puertas! Apare. ciste ya, ¡oh resplandor del áureo día!, viniendo por encima de la fuente Dircea, y haciendo huir, fugitivo, a la carrera, en veloz corcel, al ejército de blanco escudo que de Argos había venido con todo aparato bélico.
Ejército que en contra nuestra había levantado Polini- ces, excitado por discorde lucha, y que como águila que dando agudos graznidos se lanza sobre la tierra, así aquél se abalanzó protegido en sus escudos blancos como la nieve, con sus armas y cascos empenachados de crin de caballo;
y después de asediar la ciudad con sus lanzas, ávidas de carniceria carnicería, abriendo la boca por todo el circuito de las siete puertas, se marchó sin po- der hartar su voracidad en nuestra sangre, ni pren- der el fuego de resinosa tea en los muros de nuestras torres: tal le atacó por la espalda el estrépito de Marte, irresistible para el contrario dragón.
Júpiter, pues, odia las bravatas de orgullosa lengua; y al ver que se aba- lanzaban como impetuosa corriente, arrogantes con el estruendo de sus doradas armas, hirió con su rayo de fuego al que, preparado ya para el asalto de nuestras almenas, se disponía a cantar victoria.
Y sobre el suelo que retumbó al chocar con él, cayó herido del rayo el que llevaba el fuego en el momento en que, con furioso empuje y lleno de rabia, respiraba contra nosotros el soplo del más desolador viento. No sucedió como él lo deseaba; que otros reveses infería a los demás, destru- yéndolos, el potente Marte en su impetuosidad a favor nuestro.
Pues los siete jefes que en las siete puertas se habían colocado contra los otros siete, dejaron sus broncineas broncíneas armas, con las que elevaremos un trofeo a Júpiter, que los puso en fuga, excepto los dos infelices que, nacidos de un mismo padre y una misma madre, clavándose uno a otro sus soberanas lanzas, obtuvieron los dos la misma suerte en muerte común.
Pero, puesto que la gloriosa victoria llegó felicitando a Tebas la de muchos carros, olvidémonos de la reciente guerra y vayamos a los templos de los dioses con nocturnos coros guiados por Baco, que a Tebas pone en conmoción.
Latin (F. H. Bothe, 1806) (OCR draft) Experimental (Latin (F. H. Bothe, 1806)) — 1 focus
O coniunctum mihi germanum Ismenes caput, ecquid nosti calamitatum ab Oedipo ortarum, quod nobis in vita nondum confecerit Iupiter?
nihil est enim triste, non sine divina calamitate, nec turpe, neque ignominiosum , quod tuis malis meisque adiunctum non viderim. Et nunc quid illud est rursus, quod ab urbis rectore aiunt universis civibus propositum fuisse edictum? tenesne, et inaudisti quidpiam , an te latet grassans in amicos inimicorum iniuria?
Nam quid, o misera, quum res in eo loco sit, facitis meis ego vel solvens vel adstringens, prodesse possim?
Neque te iusserim, neque adeo, si velis operam conferre, adiutrice te lubens utar.
Age esto, ut tibi placet; illum vero ego sepeliam. Decorum mihi erit hoc facto mori: cara cum Creon iacebo, pio peracto facinore. Nempe longius est tempus , quo me inferis placere oportet, quam his quibuscum hic versor: illic enim semper jacebo: tu vero, si ita videtur, quae apud Deos sanctissima habentur, aspernare.
O iubar solis, omnium quae septiportis Thebis prius adfulserunt, pulcherrima lux, apparuisti tandem, aureae diei oculus, Dircaea transcendens fluenta;
quod in fugam compulsum acutiori freno cursum conteridere coégisti insignem candido clipeo virum ab Argis feliciter egressum cum omni bellico apparatu, qui contra nostram urbem, Polynicis ambiguis incitatus iurgiis , transvolavit , nt acutum clangens adversus terram aquila, nivea tectus ala, multis cum armis, comantibusque galeis.
Stans vero supra aedes, cruentis inhians undique cum hastis circa septem portarum ora, abiit, priusquam nostro sanguine satiaret malas, et turrium propugnacula piceus Vulcanus corriperet:
tantus a tergo exortus est strepitus Martis, adversario draconi inexsuperabilis.
Iupiter enim superbae linguae iactantiam impense odit, etinnumeros €os intuitus aureo strepitu superbientes vibrato deiicit fulmine, parantes iam ad summam metam victoriae laetum clamorem tollere :
Ictu autem fulminis quassatus in terram cecidit ignifer ille, qui tuncinsano furore debacchans, nos afflavit, infestissimorum vi ventorum. . Aliter vero in hos grassari solet, alios illis infigere casus, deturbans eos, agilis Mavors:
nam septem quidem duces, ad septem portas locati, pares contra pares;
fugatori Iovi reliquerunt aerea dona, praeter miseros illos, qui, patre uno nati, de imperio dissentientes hastas cum dirigerent, communis mortis ambo perceperunt partem.
At enim, quoniam praeclaro nomine gaudens Victoria venit, curruum agitatrice Theba invicem delectata, iam confectorum modo bellorum oblivia inducite, deorumque templa omnia adeamus nocturnis choris, duce quidem Baccho, ululante, Thebis oriundo.
English (Lewis Campbell, 1906) (OCR draft) Experimental (English (Lewis Campbell, 1906)) — 1 focus
Own sister of my blood, one life with me,
1
Ismenè, have the tidings caught thine ear?
Say, hath not Heaven decreed to execute
On thee and me, while yet we are alive,
All the evil Oedipus bequeathed? All horror,
5
All pain, all outrage, falls on us! And now
The General’s proclamation of to-day—
Hast thou not heard?—Art thou so slow to hear
When harm from foes threatens the souls we love?
Unhappy one! But what can I herein
Avail to do or undo?
40
I will not urge you! no! nor if now you list
To help me, will your help afford me joy.
Be what you choose to be! This single hand
70
Shall bury our lost brother. Glorious
For me to take this labour and to die!
Dear to him will my soul be as we rest
In death, when I have dared this holy crime.
My time for pleasing men will soon be over;
Not so my duty toward the Dead! My home
75
Yonder will have no end. You, if you will,
May pour contempt on laws revered on High.
Beam of the mounting Sun!
100
O brightest, fairest ray
100
Seven-gated Thebè yet hath seen!
Over the vale where Dircè’s fountains run
At length thou appearedst, eye of golden Day,
And with incitement of thy radiance keen
Spurredst to faster flight
105
The man of Argos hurrying from the fight.
Armed at all points the warrior came,
But driven before thy rising flame
He rode, reverting his pale shield,
Headlong from yonder battlefield.
110
In snow-white panoply, on eagle wing,
He rose, dire ruin on our land to bring,
Roused by the fierce debate
Of Polynices’ hate,
Shrilling sharp menace from his breast,
Sheathed all in steel from crown to heel,
With many a plumèd crest.
115
Then stooped above the domes,
With lust of carnage fired,
And opening teeth of serried spears
Yawned wide around the gates that guard our homes;
But went, or e’er his hungry jaws had tired
120
On Theban flesh,—or e’er the Fire-god fierce
Seizing our sacred town
Besmirched and rent her battlemented crown.
Such noise of battle as he fled
About his back the War-god spread;
So writhed to hard-fought victory
The serpent struggling to be free.
High Zeus beheld their stream that proudly rolled
Idly caparisoned with clanking gold:
Zeus hates the boastful tongue:
He with hurled fire down flung
One who in haste had mounted high,
130
And that same hour from topmost tower
Upraised the exulting cry.
Swung rudely to the hard repellent earth
Amidst his furious mirth
He fell, who then with flaring brand
Held in his fiery hand
Came breathing madness at the gate
135
In eager blasts of hate.
And doubtful swayed the varying fight
Through the turmoil of the night,
As turning now on these and now on those
Ares hurtled ’midst our foes,
Self-harnessed helper on our right.
140
Seven matched with seven, at each gate one,
140
Their captains, when the day was done,
Left for our Zeus who turned the scale,
The brazen tribute in full tale:—
All save the horror-burdened pair,
Dire children of despair,
Who from one sire, one mother, drawing breath,
145
Each with conquering lance in rest
Against a true born brother’s breast,
Found equal lots in death.
But with blithe greeting to glad Thebe came
She of the glorious name,
Victory,—smiling on our chariot throng
With eyes that waken song
150
Then let those battle memories cease,
Silenced by thoughts of peace.
With holy dances of delight
Lasting through the livelong night
Visit we every shrine, in solemn round,
German (J. J. C. Donner, 1875; OCR review) (OCR draft) Experimental (German (J. J. C. Donner, 1875; OCR review)) — 1 focus
Ismene, traute Schwester, vielgeliebtes Haupt, 1
1
Weißt du von einem Leide, das vom Vater her
Zeus nicht an uns vollendet, die wir leben noch?
Denn keinen Jammer gibt es, nichts Entsezliches,
Nichts Arges, nichts Schmachvolles, das ich nicht bereits
5
In deiner Noth gesehen und in meiner Noth.
Und welche Botschaft, heißt es, ließ jezt eben erst
Der Herrscher wieder allem Volk verkündigen?
Weißt du's, vernahmst du's, oder blieb dir unbekannt,
Daß unsern Lieben Böses naht von Feindesmacht?
10
Was kann ich, wenn dies also steht, Unselige, 3
Hier, lösend oder bindend, uns zum Frommen thun?
40
Nicht mehr verlang' ich's, möchte dich zur Helferin
Nicht mehr, erklärtest du dich auch bereit dazu.
70
Nein, wähle deinem Sinne nach: ihn werd' ich selbst
Bestatten; ruhmvoll ist der Tod für diese That.
Bei ihm, dem Lieben, werd' ich ruh'n, die Liebende,
Die frommen Frevel übte; muß ich länger doch
Den Todten dort gefallen, als den Lebenden.
75
Denn dort ja ruh' ich ewig; du, wenn dir's gefällt,
Entehre, was in Ehre selbst bei Göttern steht.
Ich acht' es auch der Ehre werth; indeß der Stadt
Zum Troz zu handeln, fühl ich mich nicht stark genug.
Strahl des Helios, schönstes Licht, 7
100
Das der siebenthorigen Stadt
Thebe's nimmer zuvor erschien!
Du strahlst endlich, des gold'nen Tags
Aufblick, herrlich herauf,
Ueber Dirke's Fluten herüberwandelnd; 8
105
Und Ihn, der mit leuchtendem Schild
Kam von Argos in voller Wehr,
Triebest du flüchtig in eilendem Lauf
Fort mit hastigem Zügel:
Ihn, den Polyneikes' feindlicher Zwist
110
Zu dem Kampfe geführt auf unsere Gau'n,
Der kühn, wie der Aar,
Hellkreischend herab flog über das Land,
Von der Schwinge gedeckt weißglänzenden Schnee's,
Mit der Rüstungen viel
115
Und mähnenumflatterten Helmen.
Erste Gegenstrophe.
Ueber den Dächern stehend, umgähnt'
Er den siebenthorigen Mund
Mit blutlechzenden Speeren rings,
Und floh, eh' in unserem Blut
120
Sich sein gieriger Schlund
Schwelgend füllt und ehe den Kranz der Thürme
Flammenglut des Hephästos fraß.
Also braust' im Rücken umher
Donner des Kriegs; schwer wurde der Kampf
125
Dem anstürmenden Drachen. 9
Denn schwer haßt Zeus der vermessenen Zung'
Hochfahrenden Stolz; und als er ihr Heer,
Den heranwogenden Strom, schimmernd in Gold,
Im Geräusch unbändigen Trozes ersah,
130
Da traf er den Mann mit geschwungenem Strahl, 10
Der schon an die Höh'n,
Siegsruf anstimmend, empordrang.
Zweite Strophe.
Niedergeschmettert zur dröhnenden Erde stürzt' er,
Welcher, bewehrt mit der Fackel, in trunk nem Wahnsinn,
135
In wuthathmendem Drang,
Wild herschnob mit feindlichem Sturm.
Doch es ging anders aus;
Andern beschied anderes Loos Ares, der Held, der die Bedrängten
Stürmend davontrieb.
140
Denn Sieben, um sieben Thore gestellt,
Mann wider den Mann, sie ließen dem Zeus,
Dem Verleiher des Siegs, die gediegene Wehr. 11
Nur das schreckliche Paar, von dem Einen gezeugt
Mit demselben Gemahl, die wider sich selbst
145
Mit siegendem Speer einstürmten, umfing
Des gemeinsamen Todes Verhängniß.
Zweite Gegenstrophe.
Aber die namenverleihende Nike kam ja, 12
Gnädig vergeltend der wagenumrauschten Thebe;
Darum werde des Kriegs
150
Heute nimmer gedacht von euch; 13
Laßt in Nachtreigen uns
Tanzend umher zieh'n zu der Stadt Tempeln, voran hebe sich Bacchos,
Theben erschütternd! 14
English (Thomas Francklin, 1758–1759) (OCR draft) Experimental (English (Thomas Francklin, 1758–1759)) — 1 focus
O my dear sister, my best-beloved Ismene .'
1
Is there an evil, by the tvrath of Jove
1
Reserved for Ql]dipus' unhappy race,
We have not felt already ? Sorrow and shame,
And bitterness and anguish, all that's sad.
All that's distressful, hath been ours, and now
This dreadful edict from the tyrant comes
5
To double our misfortunes. Hast thou heard
What harsh commands he hath imposed on all.
Or art thou still to know what future ills
Our foes have vet in store to make us wretched ?
When by each otlier's hand our brothei's fell,
And Greece dismissed her armies^ I have heard
Naught that could give or joy or grief to me.
10
What wouldst thou have me do ? — defy his
power?
Contemn the laws ?
40
Wert thou to proffer what I do not ask— <
Thy poor assistance — I would scorn it now.
Let me perform but that, and death is welcome :
70
I'll do the pious deed, and lay me down
By my dear brother. Loving and beloved
We'll rest together ; to the powers below
'Tis fit we pay obedience ; longer there
We must remain than we can breathe on earth.
75
There I shall dwell for ever; thou, meantime,
What the gods hold most precious mayst despise.
O sir ! to younger hands commit the task.
Spanish (A. G. Garbin, 1889) (OCR draft) Experimental (Spanish (A. G. Garbin, 1889)) — 1 focus
¡Ismena, hermana mía! ¿Hay uno sólo de los males reservados á la raza de Edipo con el que no nos haya afligido el cielo á nosotras, míseras que aún vivimos? No, no hay dolor, ni humillación, ni oprobio que no hayamos probado (¡y sin culpa!) en la serie de nuestras desgracias. Y ahora, ¿qué edicto es ese que acaba de hacer publicar el rey en toda la ciudad? ¿No lo sabes? ¿No ha llegado á tus oídos? ¿O las nuevas desgracias que amenazan á nuestros amigos se te ocultan?
No pienso rogarte más... y aunque tú accedieras á hacer algo por complacerme, rehusaré tu concurso. Ve tú allá lo que te parezca bien. Por mí le he de dar sepultura, y me será glorioso morir, después de haberlo realizado. Como buena hermana iré á reposar con mi hermano amado por haber sido santamente criminal. Pero ¡ah! por más tiempo he de hacerme grata á los muertos que á los vivos, pues con ellos he de reposar eternamente. Desprecia tú, en buen hora, si lo juzgas conveniente, las sacrosantas leyes de los dioses.
¡Oh, luz pura del Sol, la más hermosa que ha alumbrado en la Ciudad de las Siete puertas! ¡apareciste al fin, ojo del áureo día, reflejándote en las cristalinas aguas dircéas 3 ; despues que los guerreros venidos de Argos con sus blancos escudos y bélico aparato, huyeron en rápida carrera, agitando con vigor las riendas de sus corceles.
A la cabeza de ellos Polinice, excitado por ambiguas querellas, semejante al águila que desciende á la tierra lanzando gritos agudísimos, vino volando á arrasar nuestras campiñas, cubierto con su escudo, cual ala de blanca nieve, agitándose en torno de él millares de armas, y cascos de flotantes cimeras.
Despues de haber amenazado nuestros hogares, y de haber corrido jadeantes en derredor de las siete puertas, con sus lanzas ávidas de exterminio, huyeron antes de abrevarse en nuestra sangre, y de que el fuego abrasador invadiera las alturas de nuestras fortalezas; de tal manera la voz rugiente de Marte resonó en torno de ellos, causando el espanto del dragón enemigo.
Júpiter que abomina el orgullo y la jactancia, viendo á los argivos precipitarse á modo de impetuoso torrente, ensoberbecidos con las doradas armas, que movían con estruendo, fulminó su rayo y aniquiló al guerrero que ya se preparaba á dar el grito de ¡victoria! desde lo alto de nuestras murallas.
Herido por el rayo cayó en tierra, por la cual fué rechazado, aquel que con insana furia se arrojaba sobre nosotros, respirando el ódio y la venganza. Pero el gran dios de la guerra, nuestro propicio aliado, sembrando la turbación, con su potente brazo, envióles de mil distintas maneras la muerte.
Los siete jefes, que venian hácia nuestras siete puertas contra otros tantos caudillos de Thebas, rindieron sus férreas armas á Júpiter vencedor. Mas ¡ay! estos dos desventurados, hijos del mismo padre y de la misma madre, volviendo el uno contra el otro sus lanzas victoriosas, se compartieron entre los dos la misma muerte.
Puesto que la victoria ha venido á proporcionar á la belicosa Thebas el júbilo y la alegría, aparte de nuestra mente el recuerdo de los combates; durante toda la noche formemos coros en los templos de los dioses, y que Baco, dios de Thebas, presida nuestros regocijos.
German (F. Hölderlin, 1804) (OCR draft) Experimental (German (F. Hölderlin, 1804)) — 1 focus
Aus zweideutigem Zank und scharf, wie ein Adler,
Schrie er und flog,
115
Schneeweis sein Flügel,
Furchtbar, mit Waffen viel,
Und Helmen, geschmükt mit dem Rofsschweiff,
Und über Pallästen stand er und wies,
Voll blutiger Spiefse, rings
120
Das siebenthorige Maul;
Doch gieng er davon,
Noch ehe von unsrem
Blut er die Baken
Gefüllt, und ehe
125
Die Krone der Thürme
Die Fakel des Hephästos genommen.
So über dem Rüken ist Getümmel
Des Mars dem Feind, ein Hindernils
Den Drachen geworden.
130
Denn sehr hafst Zevs das Prangen
Der grofsen Zung’ und wo er,
Wenn sie langschreitend kommen,
Ins goldene ihnen sieht, ins eitle Hinaussehn,
Mit geschwungenem Feuer stürzet er sie, wo einer
135
Von steilen Treppen schon
Den Sieg anhebet zu jauchzen.
Aufharten Boden aber fällt er, hinunter taumelnd,
Liebestrunken, der mit rasender Schaar
Hinschnob, bacchantisch
140
Im Wurf’ ungünstiger Winde;
Fand aber anders;
Anderes andrem
Bescheidet der Schlachtgeist, wenn der hart
Anregend einen mit dem Rechten die Hand erschüttert.
145
Sieben Fürsten, vor sieben Thoren
Geordnet, gleiche zu gleichen, liefsen
Dem Zevs, dem triumphirenden, die ehernen Waffen,
Ausser den abscheulichen, die von Einem Vater
Und einer Mutter gezeuget, gegeneinander
150
Die gedoppelten Speere gerichtet und empfangen
Des gemeinsamen Todes Theil, die beiden.
Der grofsnahmige Sieg ist aber gekommen,
Der wagenreichen günstig, der Thebe,
Und nach dem Kriege hier,
155
Macht die Vergessenheit aus!
Zu allen Göttertempeln,
Mit Chören, die Nacht durch,
Kommt her! und, Thebe
Erschütternd, herrsche der Bacchusreigen!
160
English (Sir Richard Jebb1, 1904) (OCR draft) Experimental (English (Sir Richard Jebb1, 1904)) — 1 focus
Ismene, sister, mine own dear sister, knowest thou what ill there is, of all bequeathed by Oedipus, that Zeus fulfils not for us twain while we live? Nothing painful is there, nothing fraught with ruin, no shame, no dishonour, that I have not seen in thy woes and mine.
And now what new edict is this of which they tell, that our Captain hath just published to all Thebes? Knowest thou aught? Hast thou heard? Or is it hidden from thee that our friends are threatened with the doom 10 of our foes?
Poor sister,—and if things stand thus, what 40 could I help to do or undo?
I will not urge thee,—no, nor, if thou yet 70 shouldst have the mind, wouldst thou be welcome as a worker with me. Nay, be what thou wilt; but I will bury him: well for me to die in doing that. I shall rest, a loved one with him whom I have loved, sinless in my crime; for I owe a longer allegiance to the dead than to the living: in that world I shall abide for ever. But "if thou wilt, be guilty of dishonouring laws which the gods have stablished in honour.
Beam of the sun, fairest light that ever dawned on Thebè of the seven gates, thou hast shone forth at last, eye of golden day, arisen above Dircé’s streams! The warrior of the white shield, who came from Argos in his panoply, hath been stirred by thee to headlong flight, in swifter career ; 1
who set forth against our land by reason of the 110 vexed claims of Polyneices; and, like shrill-screaming eagle, he flew over into our land, in snow-white pinion sheathed, with an arméd throng, and with plumage of helms.
1
He paused above our dwellings; he ravened around 120 our sevenfold portals with spears athirst for blood; but he went hence, or ever his jaws were glutted with our gore, or the Fire-god’s pine-fed flame had seized our crown of towers. So fierce was the noise of battle raised behind him, a thing too hard for him to conquer, as he wrestled with his dragon foe.
2
For Zeus utterly abhors the boasts of a proud tongue; and when he beheld them coming on in a 130 great stream, in the haughty pride of clanging gold, he smote with brandished fire one who was now hasting to shout victory at his goal upon our ramparts.
2
Swung down, he fell on the earth with a crash, torch in hand, he who so lately, in the frenzy of the mad onset, was raging against us with the blasts of his tempestuous hate. But those threats fared not as he hoped ; and to other foes the mighty War-god dispensed their several dooms, dealing havoc around, a mighty 140 helper at our need.
3
For seven captains at seven gates, matched against seven, left the tribute of their panoplies to Zeus who tutns the battle; save those two of cruel fate, who, born of one sire and one mother, set against each other their twain conquering spears, and are sharers in a common death. 2
But since Victory of glorious name hath come to us, with joy responsive to the joy of Thebè whose 150 chariots are many, let us enjoy forgetfulness after the late wars, and visit all the temples of the gods with night-long dance and song; and may Bacchus be our leader, whose dancing shakes the land of Thebè. 4
English (Robert Potter, 1788) (OCR draft) Experimental (English (Robert Potter, 1788)) — 1 focus
My sister, loved Ismene, of the ills
Which sprung from Edipus conceives thy thought
One by the hand of Jove not brought on us
His sole-surviving children? There is nought
That sinks the soul with anguish, deep distress,
Shame, and disgrace, but in thy ills and mine
I see it all. E'en now what new decree
Is rumour'd by the Chief as late proclaim'd
Through all the city? Know'st thou? Hast thou heard?
Or art thou unacquainted with the ills
Which from our foes advance against our friends?
To me no tidings of our friends are come,
Pleasing or mournful, since the fatal hour
At once deprived us of our brothers, slain
Each by the other's hand; and this last night
The slaughtering sword hath quell'd the Argive host;
Further than this I know not, nor have heard
Aught of good fortune or affliction more.
I know it well, and call'd thee forth before
1
The palace gates, that thou may'st hear alone.
What is it? Dark and troubled seem thy thoughts.
Know then that of our brothers Creon deigns
One with a tomb to grace, and casts one forth
Unhonour'd. With all just and solemn rites
Eteocles, they say, beneath the earth
He places, honour'd by the dead below.
But his harsh edict is proclaim'd, that none
Entomb, that none bewail the wretched corse
Of Polynices, doom'd by him to lie
Unwept, unburied, with his flesh to gorge
The ravening birds, whose keen eye marks their prey.
This the good Creon hath, they say, to thee
And me (for I must name myself) enjoin'd;
And hither comes his mandate to proclaim
To those who know it not; no trivial charge,
Nor to be slighted; for whoe'er performs.
Aught of these offices, is doom'd to die.
Such is our state; which calls on thee to show
Thy high-born spirit, or degenerate mind.
What, wretched sister, what can I avail,
Opposing, or obeying his command?
Wilt thou assist me? Wilt thou share my toils?
Resolve.
What deed of danger to attempt ?
Thou Sun, whose orient ray
100
On rampired Thebes ne'er rose so bright,
100
At length hast thou display'd thy light,
Eye of the golden day,
Hasting o'er Dirce's sacred streams
To roll sublime thy glorious beams!
105
The Argive first, who dared to wield
With hostile rage his silver shield,
(His thick-embattled martial train
Defeated on th' ensanguin'd plain)
110
Thou madest to turn his sharp-rein'd steed,
And urge his flight with headlong speed.
He, in the cause of Polynices arm'd,
Our sons with doubtful war alarm'd;
Soar'd like an Eagle o'er the plains below,
And cover'd with his wings of snow
115
Shrill-screaming hurtled o'er the realm,
With many a glittering lance, and many a crested helm.
Impatient of delay
High o'er our bulwarks on a mound,
120
With purple spears encircled round,
He ravin'd for his prey.
At our seven gates his warlike pow'rs
In deep array assail'd our tow'rs;
But his pride sunk, to flight constrain'd
Ere with our blood his beak was stain'd;
Ere to our rampires' height aspire
The dark-wreath'd smoke and wasting fire;
Such roar of war, such rout, such dread
The dragon race around him spread.
130
From our high tow'rs we view the Argive host,.
Their white shields glittering to the sun.—Pheniss. 1242.
For Jove indignant hears the vaunts of pride,
And checks its frenzy's swelling tide;
He sees them in th' impetuous torrent roll'd,
135
And glorying in the clash of gold :
He hurls his flames; the Boaster falls,
The shouts of conquest now loud raising on our walls.
As high the fire he bore
Jove's lightening dash'd him to the ground;
140
The corse and clashing arms rebound;
140
The warrior is no more,
Who rushing with resistless force,
Impetuous, frentic in his course,
Breath'd but one little moment past
A sweeping whirlwind's horrid blast.
145
Undaunted and with matchless might
The sons of Thebes maintain'd the fight,
And Mars triumphant on his car
Directed all the storm of war.
At the seven gates seven Argive warriors raged,
150
But, Chief with daring Chief engaged,
Left to Tropæan Jove their glittering spoils.
Not such th' unhappy Brothers' toils;
With ruthless spears and ruthless hate
They rush'd victorious both, both shared one common fate.
English (Sir Richard Jebb2, 1904) (OCR draft) Experimental (English (Sir Richard Jebb2, 1904)) — 1-98 focus

Notes on the current edition

Antigone

1. I don't see how the reference is relevant.
2. Campbell cites line 108, which is not represented by the same numbered line span in the Storr reference XML; the link targets the narrowest available Storr passage, 107-110.
3. Campbell cites line 109, which is not represented by the same numbered line span in the Storr reference XML; the link targets the narrowest available Storr passage, 107-110.
4. Campbell cites line 124, which is not represented by the same numbered line span in the Storr reference XML; the link targets the narrowest available Storr passage, 121-125.

Commentary

Commentary (R. C. Jebb) (OCR draft) (Commentary (R. C. Jebb))

mvp-comment-1-1 Prologue. At daybreak ( v. 100 ) on the morning after the fall of the two brothers and the flight of the Argives, Antigone calls Ismene forth from the house, in order to speak with her apart. She tells her that Creon has forbidden the burial of Polyneices, and declares her resolve to perform it herself. Ismene declines to assist, and endeavours to dissuade her. Antigone then goes alone to the task.

mvp-comment-2-1 The words κοινὸν 1 αὐτάδελφον 2

mvp-comment-2-2 κάρα 3

mvp-comment-3-1 ἆρ’ οἶσθ’ … τελεῖ 4 ὅ τι 5 ὅτι 6 ὅ τι 7 ὅτι 8

mvp-comment-3-2 τῶν ἀπ’ Οἰδ. κακῶν 9 ἔτι ζώσαιν 10 ἔτι 11

mvp-comment-4-1 Paley ( Journ. Ph. 10. 16) regards these three verses as interpolated, because (1) Antigone, like Ismene, should have only seven verses: (2) the words only repeat vv. 2, 3: (3) the double negative offends. But we have no warrant for requiring such a correspondence; and this is not repetition, but development. On (3), see below.

mvp-comment-5-1 οὔτ’ ἄτης ἄτερ 12 ἄτης ἄτερ 13 οὐδ’ 14 οὔτ’ 15

mvp-comment-6-1 αἰσχρόν 16 ἄτιμον 17

mvp-comment-6-2 ὁποῖον οὐ … οὐκ ὄπωπα 18

mvp-comment-6-3 τῶν … κακῶν 19 ὄπωπα 20

mvp-comment-7-1 αὖ 21

mvp-comment-7-2 πανδήμῳ πόλει 22

mvp-comment-8-1 θεῖναι 23

mvp-comment-8-2 τὸν στρατηγόν 24

mvp-comment-9-1 ἔχεις 25

mvp-comment-9-2 κεἰσήκουσας 26

mvp-comment-10-1 τῶν ἐχθρῶν κακά 27

mvp-comment-11-1 μέν 28 ἐμοί 29

mvp-comment-11-2 Ἀντιγόνη 30

mvp-comment-11-3 φίλων 31 μῦθος 32

mvp-comment-11-4 ἐξ ὅτου 33

mvp-comment-12-1 δυοῖν … δύο 34 δύο 35

mvp-comment-13-1 θανόντοιν 36

mvp-comment-13-2 διπλῇ χερί 37

mvp-comment-14-1 ἐπεί 38

mvp-comment-14-2 ἐν νυκτὶ τῇ νῦν 39

mvp-comment-14-3 ὑπέρτερον 40

mvp-comment-14-4 As

οἶδ’ εὐτυχοῦσα = οἶδ’ ὅτι εὐτυχῶ
, so the participles εὐτυχοῦσα 41 ἀτωμένη 42

mvp-comment-15-1 ᾔδη 43 καλῶς 44

mvp-comment-15-2 αὐλείων πυλῶν 45

mvp-comment-15-3 ἐξέπεμπον 46

mvp-comment-16-1 τί δ’ ἔστι 47 δηλοῖς 48

mvp-comment-16-2 καλχαίνουσ’ ἔπος τι 49

mvp-comment-16-3 is figuratively used like the Homeric

πορφύρω
. In
πορφύρω
the idea of trouble precedes that of colour: in
καλχαίνω
, vice versa.

mvp-comment-17-1 οὐ γάρ 50

mvp-comment-17-2 τὼ κασιγνήτω … τὸν μὲν … τὸν δέ 51

mvp-comment-17-3 The place of τάφου 52 προτίσας 53 τάφου 54 ἀτιμάσας 55

mvp-comment-17-4 ἀτιμάσας ἔχει 56

mvp-comment-18-1 σὺν δίκῃ | χρησθεὶς δικαίᾳ καὶ νόμῳ 57 χρησθεὶς 58 σὺν δίκης | χρήσει δικαίᾳ καὶ νόμου 60 δίκης 61 σύν 62 δίκῃ 63 χρήσει 64 χρησθείς 65 χρῆσθαι δικαιῶν 66

mvp-comment-18-2 νόμου 67

mvp-comment-19-1 τοῖς ἔνερθεν ἔντιμον νεκροῖς 68 πᾶσι κλεινός 69

mvp-comment-20-1 θανόντα … Πολυνείκους νέκυν 70

mvp-comment-21-1 ἐκκεκηρῦχθαι 71

mvp-comment-21-2 τὸ μὴ … καλύψαι 72

mvp-comment-22-1 ἐᾶν δ’ 73 ἄταφον ἄκλαυτον 74

mvp-comment-23-1 θησαυρόν 75

mvp-comment-23-2 εἰσορῶσι 76 εἰσορμῶσι 77

mvp-comment-23-3 Take πρὸς χάριν βορᾶς 78

mvp-comment-23-4 πρὸς χάριν 79

mvp-comment-24-1 σοί 80 κἀμοί 81 κηρύξαντ’ ἔχειν 82

mvp-comment-24-2 τὸν ἀγαθόν 83

mvp-comment-24-3 λέγω γὰρ κἀμέ 84

mvp-comment-24-4 Two other explanations may be noticed. Both make σοι 85 σοι 86 τοιαῦτα 87 κἀμοί 88 σοι 89 σοι 90 ἀγαθόν 91

mvp-comment-25-1 νεῖσθαι 92

mvp-comment-25-2 τοῖσι μὴ εἰδόσιν 93

mvp-comment-26-1 παρ’ οὐδέν 94 ὡς 95

mvp-comment-26-2 ὃς ἂν … δρᾷ 96

mvp-comment-27-1 προκεῖσθαι 97

mvp-comment-27-2 δημόλευστον 98

mvp-comment-28-1 σοι 99

mvp-comment-28-2 ἐσθλῶν 100

mvp-comment-29-1 ὦ ταλαῖφρον 101

mvp-comment-29-2 εἰ τάδ’ ἐν τούτοις 102 ἐν τούτοις 103

mvp-comment-30-1 λύουσ’ … ἢ ’φάπτουσα 104 εἵθ’ ἅπτουσα 105

mvp-comment-30-2 προσθείμην 106

mvp-comment-30-3 πλέον 107

mvp-comment-31-1 ξυμπονήσεις 108 ξυνεργάσει 109

mvp-comment-31-2 ποῖόν τι κινδύνευμα 110

mvp-comment-31-3 Read

ποῦ γνώμης...εἶ
(from
εἶναι
): cp. El. 390
ποῦ ποτ’ εἶ φρενῶν
. The question between ποῦ 111 ποῖ 112

mvp-comment-32-1 εἰ 113 ξὺν τῇδε χερί 114

mvp-comment-32-2 κουφιεῖς 115

mvp-comment-32-3 ἦ γὰρ 116

mvp-comment-32-4 σφε 117

mvp-comment-32-5 ἀπόρρητον 118

mvp-comment-32-6 πόλει 119

mvp-comment-33-1 τὸν γοῦν ἐμὸν 120 ἐμόν 121 καὶ τὸν σόν, ἢν σὺ μὴ θέλῃς 122 τὸν ἐμόν 123 τὸν σόν 124 ἀδελφόν 125 γοῦν 126 τὸν … ἐμὸν καὶ τὸν σόν 127 καὶ 128 ἤν 129

mvp-comment-34-1 ἀδελφὸν … ἁλώσομαι 130 ἀδελφόν 131 οὐ γὰρ δή 132

mvp-comment-35-1 ὦ σχετλία 133

mvp-comment-35-2

σχετλία τόλμης
. ( b) ‘Suffering,’=
τλήμων
, as Aesch. PV 644 (of Io), Eur. Hec. 783 . Neither Homer nor Soph. has this use. (2) Of things, ‘cruel,’ ‘wretched,’—a use common to all the poets: so Ai. 887
σχέτλια γάρ
(‘'tis cruel’), Tr. 879 .

mvp-comment-36-1 οὐδέν 134 μέτα 135 τῶν ἐμῶν 136 εἴργειν 137

mvp-comment-37-1 νῷν 138 ἀπώλετο 139 ἀπεχθής 140 ἀπώλετο 141 ἔπειτα 142

mvp-comment-38-1 πρὸς … ἀμπλακημάτων … ἀράξας 143

mvp-comment-38-2 αὐτοφώρων 144

mvp-comment-38-3 ἀράξας 145

mvp-comment-38-4 αὐτὸς αὐτουργῷ χερί 146 αὐτός 147 αὐτ. χερί 148

mvp-comment-39-1 διπλοῦν ἔπος 149 πάθος 150

mvp-comment-39-2 ἀρτάναισι 151

mvp-comment-40-1 δύο … μίαν 152

mvp-comment-40-2 αὐτοκτονοῦντε 153

mvp-comment-41-1 κατειργάσαντ’ 154

mvp-comment-41-2 ἐπαλλήλοιν χεροῖν 155 ἐπ’ ἀλλήλοιν 156 χεροῖν 157 οιν 158 ἐπαλλήλοιν 159 χεροῖν 160

mvp-comment-42-1 νῦν δ’ αὖ 161 δ’ 162 νῦν αὖ 163 αὖ 164

mvp-comment-42-2 μόνα δή 165

mvp-comment-43-1 ψῆφον 166

mvp-comment-43-2 τυράννων 167

mvp-comment-43-3 κράτη 168 ἢ 169 καὶ 170

mvp-comment-44-1 τοῦτο μὲν 171 ἐννοεῖν 172 ἔπειτα δ’ 173

mvp-comment-44-2 ὡς 174 οὐ μαχουμένα 175

mvp-comment-45-1 οὕνεκ’ 176

mvp-comment-45-2 ἐκ 177

mvp-comment-45-3 ἀκούειν 178 ταῦτα 179 ἀλγίονα 180

mvp-comment-46-1 ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν 181

mvp-comment-46-2 τοὺς ὑπὸ χθονός 182

mvp-comment-46-3 βιάζομαι τάδε 183

mvp-comment-47-1 τοῖς ἐν τέλει βεβῶσι 184 βεβῶσι 185

mvp-comment-47-2 τὸ γὰρ | ...πράσσειν 186

mvp-comment-47-3 περισσὰ πρ 187

mvp-comment-47-4 οὐκ ἔχει νοῦν οὐδ. 188

mvp-comment-48-1 ἔτι 189

mvp-comment-48-2 πράσσειν … δρῴης 190 δρῴης 191 ἄν 192 ἡδέως 193 γε 194 ἡδέως γε ἂν ἐμοῦ 195 <)μοῦ 196 γε 197 ἐμοί γ’ 198 μέτα 199 ἀσμένης 200 ἡδέως 201 ἐμοῦ γε 202

mvp-comment-49-1 ἴσθ’ 203

mvp-comment-49-2 όποία σοι δοκεῖ 204 ἴσθ’ 205 ὁποῖά σοι δοκεῖ 206

mvp-comment-50-1 θάψω 207

mvp-comment-50-2 φίλη … φίλου 208

mvp-comment-50-3 μετ’ αὐτοῦ κείσομαι 209 μετά 210

mvp-comment-51-1 ὅσια πανουργήσασ’ 211 ὅσια 212

mvp-comment-51-2 ἐπεὶ κ.τ.λ. 213

mvp-comment-51-3 τῶν ἐνθάδε 214

mvp-comment-52-1 κείσομαι 215

mvp-comment-52-2 σοὶ δ’ 216 σὺ δ’ 217 εἰ δοκεῖ 218

mvp-comment-52-3 τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἔντιμα 219

mvp-comment-52-4 ἀτιμάσασ’ ἔχε 220

mvp-comment-53-1 ἐγὼ 221 μέν 222 δέ 223

mvp-comment-53-2 ἄτιμα ποιοῦμαι 224

mvp-comment-53-3 τὸ δὲ | ...δρᾶν 225

mvp-comment-54-1 τάδ’ ἂν προὔχοιο 226

mvp-comment-54-2 δὴ 227

mvp-comment-54-3 τάφον χώσουσ’ 228

mvp-comment-55-1 Join οἴμοι ταλαίνης 229

mvp-comment-55-2 μὴ ’μοῦ προτάρβει 230 τὸν σόν 231 μὴ ’μοῦ 232 προτάρβει 233

mvp-comment-55-3 ἐξόρθου 234

mvp-comment-56-1 ἀλλ’ οὖν … γε 235 ἀλλά 236 οὖν 237

mvp-comment-56-2 κρυφῆ δέ 238

mvp-comment-56-3 σὺν δ’ 239

mvp-comment-56-4 αὔτως 240

mvp-comment-57-1 καταύδα 241

mvp-comment-57-2 πολλόν 242 πολλὸν 243

mvp-comment-57-3 σιγῶσ’ 244 ἐὰν … τάδε 245 πᾶσι 246

mvp-comment-58-1 θερμὴν ἐπὶ ψυχροῖσι 247 ἐπί 248 θερμήν 249

mvp-comment-59-1 ἁδεῖν 250

mvp-comment-60-1 εἰ καὶ δυνήσει γ’ 251 καὶ 252 δυνήσει 253 εἰ καί 254

mvp-comment-61-1 Since οὐκοῦν 255 δὴ 256 ὅταν 257

mvp-comment-61-2 πεπαύσομαι 258

mvp-comment-62-1 ἀρχήν 259

mvp-comment-63-1 ἐχθαρεῖ 260

mvp-comment-63-2 ἐξ ἐμοῦ 261

mvp-comment-64-1 ἐχθρὰ...τῷ θανόντι προσκείσει δίκῃ 262 προσκείσει 263 ἐχθρά 264

mvp-comment-64-2 Lehrs proposed

Δίκῃ
, i.e. ‘you will fall under the chastisement of justice.’ Donaldson, following Emper, reads
ἐχθρᾷ... δίκῃ
, as iure inimicorum apud mortuum eris: i.e. on the part of the dead you will be deemed to have only the rights of a foe. This is impossible. The ordinary reading is sound.

mvp-comment-65-1 ἔα 265

mvp-comment-65-2 τὴν ἐξ ἐμοῦ δυσββουλίαν 266

mvp-comment-65-3 τὸ δεινὸν τοῦτο 267

mvp-comment-65-4 πείσομαι γὰρ οὐ 269

mvp-comment-65-5 μὴ οὐ 270

mvp-comment-66-1 τοῖς φίλοις δ’ ὀρθῶς φίλη 271 ἴσθι 272

mvp-comment-67-1 Parodos. For the metres see Metrical Analysis. The framework is as follows. (1) 1 st strophe, 100

ἀκτίς
to 109
χαλινῷ
=1 st antistrophe, 117
στὰς
to 133
ἀλαλάξαι
. (2) 2 nd strophe, 134
ἀντιτύπᾳ
to 140
δεξιόσειρος
=2 nd antistrophe, 148
ἀλλὰ γὰρ
to 154
ἄρχοι
. Each strophe and each antistrophe is followed by an anapaestic system (
σύστημα
) of seven verses, recited by the Coryphaeus alone, in the pauses of the choral dance. The fourth and last of these systems, following the second antistrophe, announces the approach of Creon.

mvp-comment-67-2 The Ajax is the only play of Sophocles which has a Parodos beginning, in the older style, with a regular anapaestic march. But something of the same character is given to this ode by the regularity of the anapaestic systems. In the Parodos of the O. C. , on the other hand, though anapaests similarly divide each strophe from each antistrophe, the systems are of unequal lengths, and the general character is wholly different, being rather that of a

κομμός
: see n. on O. C. 117 .

mvp-comment-67-3 The fifteen Theban elders who form the Chorus have been summoned to the palace by Creon,—they know not, as yet, for what purpose (158). They greet the newly-risen sun, and exult in the flight of the Argives.

mvp-comment-67-4 The ode vividly portrays the enormous sin of Polyneices against his country, and the appalling nature of the peril which Thebes has just escaped. We already know Antigone's motive. This is a dramatic prelude to the announcement of Creon's.

mvp-comment-68-1 ἀελίου 273

mvp-comment-68-2 τὸ κάλλιστον ...φάος 274

mvp-comment-68-3 ἑπταπύλῳ 275

mvp-comment-68-4 τῶν προτέρων 276

mvp-comment-69-1 ἐφάνθης 277

mvp-comment-69-2 χρυσέας 278

mvp-comment-69-3 βλέφαρον 279

mvp-comment-69-4 Διρκαίων 280

mvp-comment-70-1 τὸν λεύκασπιν...φῶτα 281

mvp-comment-70-2 The words

τὸν λεύκασπιν Ἀργόθεν
answer metrically to 123
πευκάενθ’ Ἥφαιστον ἑλεῖν
. Instead of
Ἀργόθεν
(¯˘¯) we therefore require ¯˘˘¯. The short final of
λεύκασπιν
is legitimate, the metre being Glyconic (see Analysis Metr.). In the antistrophic verse, the H of
Ἥφαιστον
is ‘irrational,’ i.e. is a long syllable doing duty for a short: and Nauck is incorrect in saying that the metre ‘requires’ (though it admits) a choriambus beginning with a consonant. The simplest remedy is to read Ἀργόθεν ἐκ | βάντα φῶτα 282 Ἰναχόθεν 283

mvp-comment-71-1 πανσαγίᾳ 284

mvp-comment-71-2 φυγάδα πρ. 285 κινήσασα 286

mvp-comment-71-3 πρόδρομον 287

mvp-comment-71-4 ὀξυτέρῳ...χαλινῷ 288

mvp-comment-71-5 ὀξυτέρῳ 289

mvp-comment-72-1 The MSS. have ὃν...Πολυνείκης 290 ὃς ...Πολυνείκους 291

mvp-comment-72-2 Πολυνείκους … νεικέων 292

mvp-comment-72-3 ἀρθείς 293

mvp-comment-72-4 νεικ. ἐξ ἀμφιλόγων 294

mvp-comment-73-1 ὀξέα κλάζων 295

mvp-comment-73-2 αἰετὸς εἰς γᾶν ὣς ὑπερέπτα 296 ὥς 297

mvp-comment-73-3 ὑπερέπτα 298

mvp-comment-74-1 λευκῆς χιόνος πτ. 299

mvp-comment-74-2 στεγανός 300

mvp-comment-74-3 ὅπλων … κορύθεσσι 301 ξύν 302 μετά 303 ξύν 304

mvp-comment-75-1 In στὰς δ’ ὑπὲρ μελάθρων 305 πτάς 306

mvp-comment-75-2 The words φονώσαισιν ἀμφιχανὼν... λόγχαις 307

mvp-comment-75-3 φονώσαισιν 308

mvp-comment-75-4 ἑπτάπυλον στόμα 309

mvp-comment-76-1 ἔβα 310

mvp-comment-76-2 πρίν ποθ’ 311 αἱμάτων 312

mvp-comment-76-3 γἑνυσιν 313 πλησθῆναι 314 τε 315 τε 316

mvp-comment-76-4 στεφάνωμα 317

mvp-comment-76-5 πευκάενθ’ Ἥφαιστον 318

mvp-comment-77-1 τοῖος 319

mvp-comment-77-2 ἐτάθη 320

mvp-comment-77-3 πάταγος 321

mvp-comment-77-4 ἀντιπάλῳ δυσχείρωμα δράκοντος 322 ἀντιπάλῳ ... δράκοντι 323 ἀντιπάλου … δράκοντος 324 ἀντιπάλῳ … δράκοντος 325

mvp-comment-77-5 The interpretation of the passage turns primarily on two points.

mvp-comment-77-6 (1) The δράκων 326

mvp-comment-77-7 (2) The δυς 327 δυσχείρωμα 328

mvp-comment-77-8 Those who read ἀντιπάλῳ … δράκοντι 329 ὲτάθη 330

mvp-comment-77-9 Those who read ἀντιπάλου … δράκοντος 331

mvp-comment-78-1 μεγάλης 332

mvp-comment-78-2 ῥεύματι 333 ῥεύματι πολλῷ 334

mvp-comment-79-1 χρυσοῦ καναχῆς ὑπεροπλίαις 335

mvp-comment-79-2

μέγας
. In post-Homeric poetry
ὑπέροπλος
is a freq. epith. of overweening strength (
ἠνορέη, βίη, ἥβη
, etc.).—Other readings are:—(1)
χρυσοῦ καναχῇ θ’ ὑπερόπτας
, ‘and haughty in the clang of gold.’ This involves an improbable change; the subst.
ὑπερόπτης
, too, is unsuitable here, and cannot be defended by Theocr. 22. 58
πρὸς πάντα παλίγκοτος ἠδ’ ὑπερόπτης
. Wecklein, reading
ὑπερόπτας
, keeps
καναχῆς
in the sense, hoffärtig auf: but a genit. after
ὑπερόπτης
could not denote that in which one takes pride. (2)
χρυσοῦ καναχῆς ὑπερόπτης
, or
‐όπτα
, i.e., ‘Zeus, a despiser of the clang of gold.’ (3)
χρυσοῦ καναχῆς ὑπέροπτα
, adv. neut. plur. (as O. T. 883 ), ‘advancing haughtily in a great stream of clanging gold.’ But the adv. comes weakly at the end, and
χρυσοῦ κ
. is harshly joined with
π. ῥεύματι
.—Aesch. , too, gives prominence to gold in picturing the Argive chiefs: Capaneus has golden letters on his shield ( Aesch. Th. 434 ), Polyneices has the image of a warrior in golden armour, with a golden legend (644, Aesch. Th. 660 ).

mvp-comment-79-3 καναχῆς 336

mvp-comment-80-1 παλτῷ πυρί 337

mvp-comment-80-2 βαλβίδων ἐπ’ ἄκρων 338

mvp-comment-80-3 ὁρμῶντα 339

mvp-comment-80-4 νίκην 340 ἀλαλάξαι 341

mvp-comment-81-1 ἀντιτύπᾳ 342

mvp-comment-81-2 As regards the sense,

ἀντίτυπος
was regularly used of hard surfaces, which, as it were, repel that which strikes them (for the accent
ἀντίτυπος
, not
ἀντιτύπος
, though the sense is act., see on O. T. 460 ). Probl. 5. 40
οἱ...ἐν ἀντιτύποις περίπατοι
. Lucian Amor. 13
τὴν ἀντίτυπον οὕτω καὶ καρτερὰν τοῦ λίθου φύσιν
. So, fig., Plat. Crat. 420D
τὸ...ἀναγκαῖον καὶ ἀντίτυπον
, what is necessary, and what resists us.

mvp-comment-81-3 τανταλωθείς 343

mvp-comment-82-1 πυρφόρος 344

mvp-comment-82-2 βακχεύων 345

mvp-comment-82-3 ῥιπαῖς...ἀνέμων 346

mvp-comment-83-1 εἶχε δ’ ἄλλᾳ τὰ μέν 347 εἶχε δ’ ἄλλαι τὰ μὲν ἄλλαι τὰ δ’ ἐπ’ ἄλλοις 348 τὰ μέν 349 ἄλλα δέ 350 τὰ μέν 351 ἄλλᾳ 352

mvp-comment-83-2 ἐπενώμα 353 στυφελίζων 354

mvp-comment-83-3 δεξιόσειρος 355

mvp-comment-83-4 The old v.l. δεξιόχειρος 356

mvp-comment-84-1 ἑπτὰ λοχαγοί 357

mvp-comment-84-2 ἴσοι πρὸς ἴσους 358

mvp-comment-84-3 Ζηνὶ τροπαίῳ 359

mvp-comment-84-4 πάγχαλκα τέλη 360

mvp-comment-84-5 It was the ordinary practice to set up a

τρόπαιον
(old
αττ.τροπαῖον
) after a victory, on the spot where it had been won, or, in the case of a sea-fight, on the nearest land ( Thuc. 2.92 ). Such a trophy ordinarily consisted of shields, helmets, and weapons, conspicuously displayed on wooden supports, and dedicated, with an inscription, to a deity. Cp. Eur. Phoen. 1473 (of the Thebans after the victory)
οἱ μὲν Διὸς τροπαῖον ἵστασαν βρέτας
(i.e. a wooden image of
Ζεὺς Τροπαῖος
), |
οἱ δ’ ἀσπίδας συλῶντες Ἀργείων νεκρῶν | σκυλεύματ’ εἴσω τειχέων ἐπέμπομεν
. Part of the armour would be affixed to the walls of Theban temples (cp. Aesch. Ag. 577 , Th. 276 ).

mvp-comment-85-1 πλὴν τ. στυγεροῖν 361 πατρός 362

mvp-comment-85-2 καθ’ αὑτοῖν 363

mvp-comment-85-3 δικρατεῖς λόγχας 364

mvp-comment-85-4 στήσαντε 365

mvp-comment-86-1 ἀλλὰ γάρ 366 γάρ 367 γάρ 368

mvp-comment-86-2 μεγαλώνυμος 369

mvp-comment-86-3 πολυαρμάτῳ 370

mvp-comment-86-4 ἀντιχαρεῖσα 371

mvp-comment-87-1 ἐκ...πολέμων τῶν νῦν 372 ἐκ 373 νῦν 374

mvp-comment-87-2 θέσθαι 375 θέσθε 376 παννυχίοις 377

mvp-comment-87-3 ὁ Θήβας 378 ἐλελίχθων 379

mvp-comment-87-4 Βάκχιος 380

mvp-comment-87-5 ἄρχοι 381

mvp-comment-88-1 ἀλλὰ … γάρ 382 Κρέων 383

mvp-comment-88-2 Μενοικέως 384

mvp-comment-88-3 νεοχμὸς νεαραῖσι 385

mvp-comment-88-4 their equivalents. See Appendix I prefer the first of these views. An anapaest or spondee, meaning ‘ruler,’ has probably dropped out before νεοχμός 386 κρείων 387 ἄρχων 388 ταγός 389

mvp-comment-88-5 θεῶν … συντυχίαις 390 ἐπί 391

mvp-comment-89-1 μῆτιν ἐρέσσων 392

mvp-comment-89-2 σύγκλητον 393

mvp-comment-89-3 προὔθετο 394 λέσχην 395

mvp-comment-89-4 not the meeting, but the discussion which is to take place there: thus the poet's phrase, true to Attic usage, corresponds with

γνώμας προθεῖναι
rather than with
ἐκκλησίαν προθεῖναι
. Herod. uses
λέσχη
of a public discussion (9. 71): cp. O. C. 167 . The midd. προὔθετο 396

mvp-comment-89-5 κοινῷ κ. πέμψας 397

mvp-comment-90-1 First

ἐπεισόδιον
. Creon, the new king, enters from the central door of the palace. Recognising the loyalty which the elders had shown to his predecessors, he expresses his own conception of the duty which a king owes to the State. He then announces the edict which, in accordance with that conception, he has published concerning the two brothers. The Chorus submissively acknowledge his right to do so, but express no approval. A guard now arrives (223), and announces that the king's edict has already been violated by an unknown hand, which has strewn dust upon the corpse of Polyneices. Creon dismisses him with threats of a dreadful death for him and for his fellows, if they fail to discover and produce the offender.

mvp-comment-91-1 There is a general dramatic analogy between this speech and that of Oedipus in O. T. 216 —275. In each case a Theban king addresses Theban elders, announcing a stern decree, adopted in reliance on his own wisdom, and promulgated with haughty consciousness of power; the elders receive the decree with a submissive deference under which we can perceive traces of misgiving; and as the drama proceeds, the elders become spectators of calamities occasioned by the decree, while its author turns to them for comfort.

mvp-comment-91-2 τὰ μὲν δὴ πόλεος . . ὑμᾶς δ’ 398

mvp-comment-91-3 πόλεος 399 πολλῷ σάλῳ σείσαντες 400

mvp-comment-91-4 The image of the State as a ship dates in Greek literature from Alcaeus (whom Horace copied, Carm. 1. 14 ), fr. 18. The ship of Alcaeus is labouring in the trough of a wild sea,—water is coming in,—the sail is torn,—the anchor will not hold:

νᾶϊ φορήμεθα σὺν μελαίνᾳ | χείμωνι μοχθεῦντες μεγάλῳ μάλα, κ.τ.λ.
It is only through Heracleides Alleg. Homer. 5 that we know the meaning of Alcaeus to have been figurative and political. Aesch. often uses the image ( Aesch. Th. 2 , Aesch. Th. 62 , Aesch. Th. 208 etc.). Creon returns to it at 189. It is peculiarly well suited to his point,—the unity of the public interest.

mvp-comment-91-5 ὤρθωσαν 401

mvp-comment-92-1 ἐκ πάντων 402 δίχα 403

mvp-comment-92-2 ἔστειλ’ ἱκέσθαι 404 τοῦτο μέν 405

mvp-comment-92-3 σέβοντας 406

mvp-comment-92-4 θρόνων . . κράτη 407

mvp-comment-93-1 ἡνίκ’ Οἰδίπους 408 κείνων 409 κείνων παῖδας 410 ἡνίκ’ . . ὤρθου πόλιν 411 ἐπεὶ διώλετο 412 τοῦτο μέν . . τοῦτ’ αὖθις 413

mvp-comment-93-2 καί 414 καί 415

mvp-comment-93-3 ἐμπέδοις φρονήμασιν 416 ἐμπέδους 417 ἐμπέδοις 418

mvp-comment-94-1 ὅτε 419

mvp-comment-94-2 πρὸς διπλῆς μ. 420 διπλῆς . . μίαν 421

mvp-comment-94-3 παίσαντες . . πληγέντες 422

mvp-comment-94-4 αὐτόχειρι … μιάσματι 423

mvp-comment-95-1 ἐγὼ . . δή 424

mvp-comment-95-2 κράτη 425

mvp-comment-95-3 γένους κατ’ ἀγχιστεῖα τῶν ὀλ. 426

mvp-comment-96-1 ἀμήχανον δέ 427 δέ 428 δέ 429

mvp-comment-96-2 Demosthenes, in his speech on the Embassy (343 B.C.), quotes this passage (vv. 175—190) as illustrating maxims

mvp-comment-96-3 which Aeschines had violated, though, accustomed as he had been to play tritagonists' parts, he ought to have known them by heart (or. 19 § 247).

mvp-comment-97-1 ψυχήν 430 φρόνημα 431 γνώμην 432

mvp-comment-98-1 ἀρχαῖς 433 νόμοισιν 434

mvp-comment-98-2 ἐντριβής 435

mvp-comment-98-3 φανῇ 436

mvp-comment-99-1 ἐμοὶ γάρ 437 γάρ 438 πᾶσαν … πόλιν 439

mvp-comment-99-2 μὴ … ἅπτεται 440 ὅστις μὴ ἅπτεται 441

mvp-comment-99-3 ἐκ φ. του 442

mvp-comment-99-4 ἐγκλῄσας ἔχει 443

mvp-comment-99-5 νῦν τε καὶ πάλαι 444

mvp-comment-100-1 μείζον’ 445 ἀντὶ τῆς...πάτρας 446 ἤ 447 μεῖζον 448

mvp-comment-100-2 οὐδαμοῦ λέγω 449

mvp-comment-101-1 ἐγὼ γάρ 450 γάρ 451 τοῦτο γιγνώσκων 452 ἴστω 453

mvp-comment-102-1 οὔτ’ ἂν σιωπήσαιμι 454

mvp-comment-103-1 στείχουσαν ἀστοῖς 455 ὁμοῦ 456

mvp-comment-103-2 ἀντὶ τῆς σωτηρίας 457 τῆς 458

mvp-comment-104-1 ἄνδρα δυσμενῆ χθονός 459

mvp-comment-104-2 ἐμαυτῷ 460 φίλον 461 θείμην 462

mvp-comment-105-1 ἡ σῴζουσα 463

mvp-comment-105-2 ταύτης 464 ὀρθῆς 465

mvp-comment-105-3 τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα 466

mvp-comment-105-4

εὐτυχούσῃ πολλῷ μᾶλλον διασῴζεται
. ‘Pericles Thucydidis 11. 60 Sophoclem videtur respexisse, vel eum Sophocles,’ is Dobree's remark ( Adv. 2. 37 ); but there is no adequate ground for such a view. The verbal coincidence of
ὀρθῆς
with
ὀρθουμένην
may well have been accidental. What is really common to poet and historian is the general sentiment of Periclean Athens. For another example of this, cp. O. C. 116 n.

mvp-comment-106-1 νόμοισι 467

mvp-comment-106-2 αὔξω 468

mvp-comment-107-1 ἀδελφὰ τῶνδε 469

mvp-comment-107-2 τῶν ἀπ’ Οἰδίπου 470

mvp-comment-108-1 δορί 471 δόρει 472

mvp-comment-109-1 τὰ πάντ’ ἐφαγνίσαι 473 ἐπί 474 ἐφαγνίσαι 475 ἀφαγνίσαι 476 ἀπό 477

mvp-comment-110-1 τοῖς ἀρίστοις 478

mvp-comment-110-2 ἔρχεται κάτω 479

mvp-comment-111-1 L has Πολυνείκην 480

mvp-comment-111-2 λέγω 481

mvp-comment-112-1 γτ=ν πατρῴαν . . καὶ θεοὺς . . πρῆσαι 482

mvp-comment-112-2 θ. τοὺς ἐγγενεῖς 483

mvp-comment-112-3 κατελθών 484

mvp-comment-112-4 γ)θέλησε μέν … ἠθέλ. δέ 485 ἠθέλησε μὲν 486

mvp-comment-112-5 πρῆσαι 487

mvp-comment-112-6 κατ’ ἄκρας 488

mvp-comment-112-7 αἵματος κ. πάσασθαι 489

mvp-comment-112-8 τοὺς δὲ … ἄγειν 490

mvp-comment-113-1 The traditional ἐκκεκηρῦχθαι τάφῳ 491 ἐκκεκήρυκται τάφῳ 492 ἐκκεκηρῦχθαι λέγω 493 τάφῳ 494 κτερίζειν 495 τάφῳ 496 κτερίζειν 497 μήτε 498 κωκῦσαι 499 τάφῳ 500 λέγω 501 τάφῳ 502 ἐκκεκ 503

mvp-comment-114-1 ἐᾶν δ 504 ἄθαπτον, αἰκισθέντ’ ἰδεῖν 505 δέμας καὶ πρὸς οἰωνῶν καὶ πρὸς κυνῶν ἐδεστόν 506 αἰκισθέντ 507 αἰκισθέντ 508 ἐδεστόν 509 αἰκισθέν τ’, δέμας 510

mvp-comment-114-2 δέμας 511

mvp-comment-114-3 ἰδεῖν 512

mvp-comment-115-1 φρόνημα 513

mvp-comment-115-2 ἔκ γ’ ἐμοῦ 514

mvp-comment-116-1 The MSS. have τιμὴν προέξουσ’ ..τῶν ἐνδ. 515 τιμήν 516 τιμῆ 517 προσέξους 518

mvp-comment-117-1 τιμήσεται 519

mvp-comment-118-1 I print Dindorf's κἀς 520 καὶ 521 σοὶ ταῦτ’ ἀρέσκει 522 Κρέον 523 ταὔτ 524 ταῦτ’ 525

mvp-comment-119-1 In παντί πού γ’ 526 σοί γ’ … που 527 ἔνεστι 528 χὡπόσοι ζῶμεν 529 πέρι 530

mvp-comment-120-1 ὡς ἂν … ἦτε 531 πῶς ἂν … εἶτε 532

mvp-comment-120-2 σκοποί 533

mvp-comment-120-3 νυν 534 νῦν 535

mvp-comment-120-4 τῶν εἰρ 536

mvp-comment-121-1 πρόθες τοῦτο 537 βαστάζειν 538

mvp-comment-121-2 τοῦ νεκροῦ γ’ 539

mvp-comment-122-1 τί δῆτ’ ἂν … ἐπεντέλλοις 540

mvp-comment-122-2 The reading ἄλλῳ 541 τοῦτο 542

mvp-comment-122-3 ἐπιχωρεῖν 543

mvp-comment-122-4 ἀπιστοῦσιν 544

mvp-comment-122-5 τάδε, 545

mvp-comment-123-1 ὃς 546 ἐρᾷ 547

mvp-comment-123-2 καὶ μὴν 548 γε 549 μισθός 550

mvp-comment-123-3 requital of disobedience is that.’ For

καὶ μήν
so used, cp. O. T. 836 , 1004 f., El. 556 .

mvp-comment-123-4 τὸ κέρδος 551

mvp-comment-123-5 διώλεσεν 552

mvp-comment-124-1 ἐρῶ μὲν οὐχ 553

mvp-comment-124-2 ὅπως 554

mvp-comment-124-3 τάχους ὕπο 555 τάχους 556

mvp-comment-125-1 ἐξάρας 557

mvp-comment-125-2 φροντίδων 558 ἐπιστάσεις 559

mvp-comment-125-3 ὁδοῖς 560

mvp-comment-125-4 κυκλῶν 561

mvp-comment-126-1 ψυχὴ γὰρ ηὔδα 562 πολλὰ 563 μυθουμένη 564

mvp-comment-127-1 τάλας … τλήμων 565

mvp-comment-127-2 μένεις 566 μενεῖς 567 αὖ 568

mvp-comment-127-3 πῶς … οὐκ 569

mvp-comment-127-4 ἀλγυνεῖ 570

mvp-comment-128-1 ἑλίσσων 571

mvp-comment-128-2 ἤνυτον 572

mvp-comment-128-3 σχολῇ βραδύς 573

mvp-comment-129-1 τέλος γε μέντοι 574

mvp-comment-129-2 ἐνίκησεν 575

mvp-comment-129-3

ἐκλιπεῖν τὴν πόλιν
. That
μολεῖν
should not be regarded as the subject to
ἐνίκησε
, is shown by such an example as Her. 8.9
ἐνίκα τὴν ἡμέρην ἐκείνην αὐτοῦ μείναντάς τε καὶ αὐλισθέντας μετέπειτα νύκτα μέσην παρέντας πορεύεσθαι
, where the length of the interval excludes such a view. The personal constr. occurs below, 274; cp. Thuc. 2.12
ἦν...Περικλέους γνώμη...νενικηκυῖα
.

mvp-comment-130-1 σοί 576 μολεῖν 577 σοί 578 φράσων 579 φράσω δ 580 κεἰ 581 κεἴ σοι 582 σοί. 583

mvp-comment-130-2 τὸ μηδέν 584

mvp-comment-131-1 τῆς ἐλπίδος 585

mvp-comment-131-2 δεδραγμένος 586 πεφραγμένος 587 πεπραγμένος 588

mvp-comment-131-3 τὸ μὴ παθεῖν ἄν 589

mvp-comment-131-4

πάθοιμι ἄν
, depending on
ἐλπίδος...δεδρ
. as=
ἐλπίζων
: for the art. with infin., cp. 78 n.

mvp-comment-131-5 τὸ μόρσιμον 590

mvp-comment-132-1 ἀνθ’ οὗ 591

mvp-comment-132-2 τὸ γὰρ | πρᾶγμ’ 592 γάρ 593

mvp-comment-133-1 εὖ γε στοχάζει 594 στοχάζει 595 ἀποφράγνυσαι 596 στοχάζομαι 597

mvp-comment-133-2 κἀποφράγνυσαι 598

mvp-comment-133-3 τὸ πρᾶγμα 599

mvp-comment-134-1 δηλοῖς δ’ ὥς τι ς. 600

mvp-comment-135-1 τὰ δεινά 601 γάρ 602

mvp-comment-135-2 ποτ 603

mvp-comment-135-3 ἀπαλλαχθείς 604

mvp-comment-136-1 καὶ δή 605

mvp-comment-136-2 θάψας 606 κἀπί 607

mvp-comment-136-3 διψίαν 608

mvp-comment-136-4 κἀφαγιστεύσας 609 ἃ χρή 610

mvp-comment-137-1 ἀνδρῶν 611

mvp-comment-137-2 οὔτε του γενῇδος … οὐ δικέλλης 612 οὔτε … οὐ 613 γενῄς 614 γενῄς 615 δίκελλα 616

mvp-comment-137-3 δικ. ἐκβολή 617 ἐκβ. 618 στύφλος 619 χέρσος 620 ἀρρώξ 621

mvp-comment-137-4 ἐπημαξευμένη 622 ἐπ‐ 623 ἐφ‐ 624

mvp-comment-137-5 ἀλλ’ ὁ ἐργάτης ἄσημός τις ἦν 625

mvp-comment-138-1 It is still the early morning of the day on which the drama opens. The Argives having fled in the night, Creon had published his edict shortly before dawn. Antigone had done her deed in the short interval between the publication of the edict and the beginning of the watch over the corpse. ὁ πρῶτος ἡμεροσκόπος 626 ἡμεροσκ. 627

mvp-comment-138-2 δείκνυσι … παρῆν 628

mvp-comment-138-3 δυσχερές 629

mvp-comment-139-1 ὁ μὲν 630

mvp-comment-139-2 τυμβήρης μὲν οὔ 631 τυμβ. 632 λεπτὴ δ’ … ἐπῆν 633

mvp-comment-139-3 ἄγος φεύγοντος ὥς 634 ἄγος 635

mvp-comment-140-1 θηρός 636

mvp-comment-140-2 του 637 θηρός 638

mvp-comment-140-3 οὐ σπάσαντος 639 οὐ 640 σπάσαντος 641 σπάσαντος οὐδ’ ἐλθόντος 642

mvp-comment-141-1 λόγοι δ’ … φύλακα 643 λόγοι κακοὶ ἐρρόθουν 644 ἐρρόθουν 645

mvp-comment-141-2

γλώσσης ῥόθος
, of an unintelligible jargon.

mvp-comment-141-3 ἐλέγχων 646

mvp-comment-141-4 κἂν ἐγίγνετο 647

mvp-comment-141-5 τελευτῶς 648

mvp-comment-141-6 ὁ κωλύσων 649

mvp-comment-142-1 ἦν … οὑξειργ. 650

mvp-comment-142-2 ἐναργής 651

mvp-comment-142-3 ἀλλ’ 652

mvp-comment-142-4 ἕφευγε μὴ εἰδέναι 653

mvp-comment-142-5 μὴ 654 εἰδέναι 655

mvp-comment-143-1 μύδρους 656

mvp-comment-143-2 a red-hot mass of metal, and that the custom was symbolical of an older use of the

μύδρος
in ordeals by fire. This would explain how the Alexandrian poets of the 3rd cent. B.C. (Lycophron, Callimachus) came to use the word
μύδρος
, in defiance of its etymology, as simply ‘a lump’ (or even ‘a stone’). They supposed that the
μύδροι
had been cold masses.

mvp-comment-144-1 πῦρ διέρπειν 657

mvp-comment-144-2 θεοὺς ὁρκ. 659

mvp-comment-144-3 τὸ μήτε δρ 660

mvp-comment-144-4 μήτ’ είργασμένῳ 661 μηδ 662

mvp-comment-145-1 πλέον 663

mvp-comment-145-2 λέγει 664

mvp-comment-145-3 τις εἷς 665

mvp-comment-146-1 προὔτρεψεν 666

mvp-comment-146-2 οὐ γὰρ εἴχομεν 667

mvp-comment-146-3 As ἀντιφωνεῖν 668 δρῶντες 669 ὅπως δρῶντες 670 εἴχομεν 671

mvp-comment-147-1 σοί 672

mvp-comment-147-2 ταῦτ’ ἐνίκα 673

mvp-comment-147-3 πάλος 674 καθαιρεῖ 675

mvp-comment-147-4 τἀγαθόν 676 —ἄκων οὐχ ἑκοῦσιν 677

mvp-comment-148-1 ἐμοί 678 βουλεύει 679 μή 680

mvp-comment-148-2 τι 681

mvp-comment-148-3 θεήλατον, 682

mvp-comment-148-4 ἡ ξύννοια 683

mvp-comment-148-5 πάλαι 684

mvp-comment-149-1 πρὶν ὀργῆς καί με μεστῶσαι 685 καί 686 πρίν 687 μεστῶσαι 688 καί 689 με 690

mvp-comment-149-2 κἀμέ 691

mvp-comment-149-3 μεστῶσαι 692

mvp-comment-150-1 πότερον 693 ἔκρυπτον 694

mvp-comment-150-2 ἀμφικίονας ναούς 695

mvp-comment-150-3 κἀναθήματα 696

mvp-comment-150-4 Her. 1.50 ; Thuc. 6.46 ; Isae. or. 7 § 41.) The wealth of Delphi in

ἀναθήματα
is already proverbial in Il. 9.404 ; at Thebes the
Ἰσμήνιον
( O. T. 21 ) also seems to have been rich in them. After
ἀνάθημα
the gen. denotes either
ὁ ἀναθείς
(as more oft.), or, as here, the divine owner.

mvp-comment-150-5 γῆν ἐκείνων 697 πυρώσων 698

mvp-comment-150-6 νόμους διασκεδῶν 699

mvp-comment-150-7 διασκεδῶν 700

mvp-comment-151-1 τοὺς κακοὺς τιμῶντας … θεούς; 701

mvp-comment-152-1 ταῦτα 702 μόλις φέροντες 703 καὶ πάλαι 704

mvp-comment-152-2 πόλεως ἄνδρες 705

mvp-comment-152-3 ἐρρόθουν 706

mvp-comment-152-4 ἐμοί 707

mvp-comment-152-5 κάρα σείοντες 708

mvp-comment-152-6 ὑπὸ ζυγῷ 709

mvp-comment-152-7 λόφον 710

mvp-comment-152-8 δικαίως 711

mvp-comment-152-9 equal poise’ ( New Crat. 371).—

ὡς = ὥστε
( O. T. 84 ): στέργειν 712

mvp-comment-153-1 τῶνδε 713 ἐκ 714

mvp-comment-153-2 τούτους, 715

mvp-comment-153-3 εἰργάσθαι 716 ἐξεπίσταμαι 717 παρηγμένους 718

mvp-comment-154-1 νόμισμ’ 719

mvp-comment-154-2 ἔβλαστε 720

mvp-comment-154-3 πορθεῖ 721

mvp-comment-154-4 τόδ’ 722 ἄνδρας 723

mvp-comment-155-1 τόδ’ ἐκδ. καὶ παραλλάσσει 724 ἵστασθαι 725 καὶ παραλλάσσει 726

mvp-comment-155-2 ἵστασθαι πρός τι 727

mvp-comment-156-1 πανουργίας … ἔχειν 728

mvp-comment-156-2 εἰδέναι 729 παντὸς ἔργου δυσσέβ. 730 παντὸς ἔργ 731 πανουργίας 732

mvp-comment-157-1 ἤνυσαν 733

mvp-comment-157-2 χρόνῳ ποτέ 734 δοῦναι δίκην 735

mvp-comment-157-3 ἐξέπραξαν ὡς 736

mvp-comment-158-1 Ζεύς 737

mvp-comment-158-2 ὅρκιος 738

mvp-comment-158-3 τὸν αὐτόχειρα 739 τάφου = ταφῆς 740

mvp-comment-159-1 μοῦνος 741 πρὶν ἂν . . δηλώσητε 742 κρεμαστοί 743 ζῶντες κρεμαστοί 744

mvp-comment-159-2 δηλώσηθ’ 745

mvp-comment-159-3 ὕβριν 746

mvp-comment-160-1 ἵν’ … ἁρπάζητε 747

mvp-comment-160-2 τὸ κέρδος 748 ἔνθεν οἰστέον 749

mvp-comment-160-3 μάθηθ’ 750

mvp-comment-160-4 ἐξ ἅπαντος 751 τὸ κερδαίνειν 752

mvp-comment-160-5

πιεῖν
. In O. C. 807
ἑξ ἅπαντος εὖ λέγει
=speaks well on any theme (starting from anything).

mvp-comment-161-1 τι 753

mvp-comment-161-2 δέ 754 δώσεις 755

mvp-comment-161-3 οὕτως 756

mvp-comment-161-4 ἴω 757

mvp-comment-161-5 καὶ νῦν ὡς 758 ἀνιαρῶς 759 ι— 760

mvp-comment-162-1 ἐν 761 ὠσίν 762

mvp-comment-162-2 ἐπί 763

mvp-comment-163-1 τί δὲ 764 τί δαὶ 765

mvp-comment-163-2 ῥυθμίζεις 766 ὅπου 767 ὅπου 768

mvp-comment-164-1 τὰς φρένας...τὰ δ’ ὦτ’ 769 σε 770

mvp-comment-164-2 οἴμ’ ὡς 771

mvp-comment-164-3 λάλημα 772 ἄλημα 773 ἄλημα 774

mvp-comment-164-4 δῆλον, 775

mvp-comment-165-1 ‘At any rate (

οὖν
—babbler or not) I certainly have not done this deed.’ εἰμί 776 οὔκουν … γε 777

mvp-comment-166-1 ‘Yes, (you have done it,) and that, too, at the cost of betraying,’ etc. The particle γε 778 καὶ ταῦτα 779 προδούς 780

mvp-comment-167-1 ἦ δεινόν 781 καὶ 782 γε 783

mvp-comment-168-1 κόμψευε . . τὴν δόξαν 784

mvp-comment-168-2 τὴν δόξαν 785

mvp-comment-168-3

κληδόν’
(the
κληδών
of which you speak), not merely, ‘the word
δόξα
.’ If the v. l.
τὸ δόξαν
(see cr. n.) was intended to mean the latter, it should have been
τὸ δόξα.

mvp-comment-168-4 νυν 786 νῦν 787 ταῦτα … τοὺς δρῶντας = τοὺς ταῦτα δρῶντας 788

mvp-comment-169-1 δειλά 789

mvp-comment-169-2 δεινά 790 ν 791

mvp-comment-170-1 ἀλλ’ 792 εὑρεθείη 793 καὶ 794

mvp-comment-171-1 καὶ 795 γάρ 796

mvp-comment-171-2 γνώμης 797

mvp-comment-172-1 First

στάσιμον
. 1st strophe (332—342)=1st antistrophe (343—353): 2nd strophe (354—364)=2nd antistr. (365 —375). For the metres see Metrical Analysis.

mvp-comment-172-2 The Chorus had not thought it possible that any one should brave death to bury the corpse (220). But the deed has been done, and without leaving a trace (252). And Creon has silenced the suggestion that gods did it (278). The train of thought is continued in this ode. Its theme is man's daring,—his inventiveness, and the result to his happiness.

mvp-comment-172-3 Man is master of sea and land; he subdues all other creatures; he has equipped his life with all resources, except a remedy against death. His skill brings him to prosperity, when he observes divine and human laws, but to ruin when he breaks them.—At that moment Antigone is led in, and the coryphaeus speaks the closing anapaests (376—383).

mvp-comment-173-1 πολλὰ … κοὐδέν 798

mvp-comment-173-2 καί 799

mvp-comment-173-3 τὰ δεινά 800

mvp-comment-174-1 τοῦτο 801 πέραν 802 πέρα 803

mvp-comment-175-1 χειμερίῳ νότῳ 804

mvp-comment-176-1 περιβρ … ὑπ’ οἴδμασιν 805

mvp-comment-177-1 ὑπερτάταν 806

mvp-comment-178-1 ἀκαμάταν 807

mvp-comment-178-2 ἀποτρύεται 808

mvp-comment-179-1 ἰλλομένων ἀρότρων, 809 ἀρότων 810

mvp-comment-179-2 ἔτος εἰς ἔτος 811 εἰς 812

mvp-comment-180-1 ἱππείῳ γένει 813

mvp-comment-180-2 πολεύων 814 τοῦτο 815

mvp-comment-181-1 Man's conquests over the animal world are here taken in two groups. First, those of which the primary aim is to kill or to capture. Here the means is netting (

ἀμφιβαλὼν σπείραισι δικτυοκλώστοις
), in its threefold sporting use, as applied to fowling (
ὀρνίθων
), hunting (
θηρῶν
), and fishing (
πόντου φύσιν
). Secondly, those conquests which aim at reducing wild animals to man's service. These are effected by
μηχαναί
(349),— arts of taming and training. And their result is aptly expressed by the word

mvp-comment-181-2

κρατεῖ
: here, man is not merely the slayer or captor; he becomes the master of docile toilers. The horse and the bull are types.

mvp-comment-181-3 Thus, in this ode, the scale of achievement ever ascends: man (1) conquers inanimate nature: (2) makes animals his captives: (3) trains them to be his servants: (4) develops his own social and intellectual life.

mvp-comment-181-4 κουφονόων 816

mvp-comment-181-5 ἀμφιβαλὼν 817

mvp-comment-182-1 πόντου … εἰναλίαν φύσιν 818

mvp-comment-183-1 περιφραδής 819

mvp-comment-184-1 μηχαναῖς 820 ἀγραύλου 821 ὀρεσσιβάτα 822

mvp-comment-185-1 λασιαύχενά θ’ 823

mvp-comment-186-1 ὀχμάζεται 824 ἀμφὶ λόφον ζυγῶν 825

mvp-comment-186-2 Rhod. 1. 743

κυρίως ἐστὶν ὀχμάσαι τὸ ἵππον ὑπὸ χαλινὸν ἀγαγεῖν ἢ ὑπὸ ζυγόν
. The midd. voice does not occur elsewhere; but this cannot be regarded as an objection, when we remember how many rare middle forms occur in the dramatists. Thus
προσορωμένα
in O. C. 244 is a solitary example of that verb in the midd., and if the license could be taken with so common a word, much more might it be allowed with a comparatively rare one. Blaydes writes
ὀχμάζει ὑπ’ ἀμφίλοφον ζυγόν
: but the Ms.
ἕξεται
indicates that the verb, whatever it was, was of the midd. form.
ὀχμάζεται
was published by G. Schöne in 1833, and by Franz in 1846: they appear to have made the conjecture independently. Donaldson (1848) printed
ὁχμάζεται ἀμφὶ λόφον ζυγῶν
, and seems to ascribe
ζυγῶν
to Franz and Schöne; though Franz, at least, proposed
ἀμφὶ λόφον ζυγῷ. ζυγῶν
has been revived (seemingly without knowledge of a predecessor) by H. Schütz (1886). Sophocles would write
ΑΜΦΙΛΟΦΟΝΖΥΓΟΝ
, and thus
ζυγῶν
changes no letter. Aesch. used the fut.
ζυγώσω
(fr. 110), and Soph. has the verbal
ζυγωτῶν
( El. 702 ). To
ἀμφιλόφῳ ζυγῷ
it may be objected that, being clear, it was not likely to become -
ον ‐όν
: but, when
ἀμφίλοφον
had once been written,
ζυγῶν
(or
ζυγῷ
) would easily become
ζυγόν
. As to the schol. on
ἀμφίλοφον,—ἀντὶ τοῦ, περιβαλὼν αὐτῷ ζυγὸν περὶ τὸν λόφον, ὑπάγει
,—it cannot fairly be urged for
ζυγῶν
(or for any partic.), since it may be merely a paraphrase of
ἀμφίλοφον
.—Schütz's ἐφέζεται 826

mvp-comment-187-1 φθέγμα 827

mvp-comment-187-2 beginnings of speech...Speech is the development, through imitation, of a capacity of man—the capacity of making a noise.’ This is quite compatible with

ἐδιδάξατο.

mvp-comment-187-3 ἀνεμόεν φρόνημα 828

mvp-comment-188-1 ἀστυνόμους ὀργάς 829

mvp-comment-189-1 ἐδιδάξατο 830

mvp-comment-190-1 πάγων 831

mvp-comment-190-2 ἐναίθρεια 832

mvp-comment-190-3 βέλη 834

mvp-comment-191-1 παντοπόρος 835

mvp-comment-191-2

οὐδὲν … τὸ μέλλον = οὐδὲν ὃ μέλλει
(
ἔσεσθαι
), nothing that is to be (cp. the absolute
τὸ μέλλον, τὰ μέλλοντα
). So Plat. Lach. 197 A
ἔγωγε ἀνδρεῖα καλῶ οὔτε θηρία οὔτε ἄλλο οὐδὲν τὸ τὰ δεινὰ ὑπὸ ἀγνοίας μὴ φοβούμενον = οὐδὲν ὃ μὴ φοβεῖται
. This negative form is as correct as (though actually rarer than) the positive
πᾶν τὸ καλῶς ἔχον
( Plat. Rep. 381A ) for
πᾶν ὃ καλῶς ἔχει
. Donaldson took
τὸ μέλλον
adverbially: ‘in regard to the future, he comes to nothing without resources.’ Cp. 728 ,
μηδὲν τὸ μὴ δίκαιον
, where
μηδέν
is subst., not adv.

mvp-comment-192-1 μόνον 836 μόνου 837 φεῦξιν — ἐπάξεται 838

mvp-comment-193-1 ἀμηχάνων 839

mvp-comment-193-2 φυγάς 840

mvp-comment-193-3 ξυμπέφρασται 841

mvp-comment-194-1 The ode closes with a more direct reference to the incident which suggested its theme. The daring ingenuity shown by the unknown breaker of Creon's edict is an instance of the subtlety which leads to ruin. The implied contrast with Creon—

ὑψίπολις
by his care for the laws—is effective in view of the destined
περιπέτεια
.

mvp-comment-194-2 σοφόν τι … ἔχων 842

mvp-comment-194-3 τὸ μηχανόεν τ 843

mvp-comment-195-1 τοτὲ μὲν … ἄλλοτ’ 844

mvp-comment-195-2 ἐπ’ 845

mvp-comment-196-1 γεραίρων 846

mvp-comment-196-2 5. 67

ἐτίμων τὸν Ἄδρηστον καὶ δὴ πρὸς τὰ πάθεα αὐτοῦ τραγικοῖσι χοροῖσι ἐγέραιρον
. Ar. Th. 960
γένος Ὀλυμπίων θεῶν | μέλπε καὶ γέραιρε φωνῇ
.

mvp-comment-197-1 θεῶν τ’ ἔνορκον δίκαν 847

mvp-comment-198-1 ὑψίπολις 848

mvp-comment-198-2 ἄπολις 849

mvp-comment-198-3 τὸ μὴ καλόν 850 τόλμας χάριν 851

mvp-comment-199-1 παρέστιος 852

mvp-comment-199-2 ἴσον φρονῶν 853

mvp-comment-200-1 ἔρδει 854 ἔρδοι 855

mvp-comment-202-1 The choral ode has closed with an allusion to the unknown man ( ὅς 856 ἀμφινοῶ 857 ἐς 858

mvp-comment-202-2 δαιμόνιον τέρας 859

mvp-comment-203-1 πῶς εἰδὼς 860

mvp-comment-203-2 ἀντιλογήσω 861

mvp-comment-204-1 ὦ δύστηνος 862

mvp-comment-204-2 δ. πατρός 863

mvp-comment-204-3 Οἰδιπόδα— 864

mvp-comment-205-1 τί ποτ’ 865

mvp-comment-205-2 οὐ δή που 866

mvp-comment-205-3 ἀπιστοῦσαν 867

mvp-comment-205-4 ἄγουσι 868

mvp-comment-205-5 colloquialism, it would be nearly as bad as, ‘Have they taken you up?’

mvp-comment-205-6 καὶ 869 ἀπιστοῦσαν 870 καθελόντες 871

mvp-comment-206-1 Second

ἐπεισόδιον
. Antigone, brought before Creon, avows and justifies her deed. Creon declares that she shall die. Ismene, when led in (531), associates herself with the act, but is not permitted by her sister to claim any part in it. Creon orders that both sisters shall be kept prisoners.

mvp-comment-206-2 ἐκείνη 872

mvp-comment-206-3 τοὔργον ἡ ’ξειργ 873

mvp-comment-207-1 ἐς δέον 874

mvp-comment-208-1 ξύμμετρος 875

mvp-comment-209-1 ἀπώμοτον 876

mvp-comment-210-1 ψεύδει 877

mvp-comment-210-2 ἡ ’πίνοια 878

mvp-comment-211-1 ἐξηύχουν ἄν 879 σχολῇ ἥξειν ποτὲ δεῦρο 880

mvp-comment-211-2 σχολῇ 881

mvp-comment-212-1 ταῖς σαῖς ἀπειλαῖς 882

mvp-comment-212-2 ἐχειμάσθην 883

mvp-comment-213-1 ἡ...ἐκτὸς 884 ἐκτός 885

mvp-comment-214-1 οὐδὲν ἔοικε μῆκος 886 α+λλῃ ἡδονῇ 887 οὐδέν 888 μῆκος 889 ἔοικε 890

mvp-comment-215-1 δῑ ὅρκων … ἀπώμοτος 891

mvp-comment-216-1 καθῃρέθη 892

mvp-comment-216-2 τάφον κοσμοῦσα 893

mvp-comment-216-3 ἐπάλλετο 894 ἕρμαιον 895

mvp-comment-217-1 κρῖνε 896

mvp-comment-217-2 δίκαιός εἰμι 897

mvp-comment-217-3 ἀπηλλάχθαι 898

mvp-comment-218-1 Observe the order of the words as marking his amazement. For the double interrog. cp. Il. 21.150

τίς πόθεν ει<*>=ς ἀνδρῶν
; Ph. 243
τίνι | στόλῳ προσέσχες τήνδε γῆν, πόθεν πλέων;

mvp-comment-218-2 πάντ’ ἐπίστασαι 899

mvp-comment-219-1 ἦ καὶ 900

mvp-comment-219-2 ὀρθῶς 901

mvp-comment-219-3 mean to say? (Not, merely, ‘truly,’ i.e. in accordance with the fact: cp. 99 n.)

mvp-comment-220-1 τὸν νεκρόν 902

mvp-comment-221-1 ἆρ’ ἔνδηλα 903

mvp-comment-222-1 ὁρᾶται...ᾑρέθη 904

mvp-comment-222-2 ἐπίληπτος 905

mvp-comment-223-1 ἥκομεν 907

mvp-comment-224-1 τὰ δείν’ ἐκεῖν’ 908

mvp-comment-224-2 τὸν | νέκυν 909

mvp-comment-225-1 καθήμεθ’ 910

mvp-comment-225-2 ἄκρων ἐκ πάγων 911

mvp-comment-225-3

ἐξ Οὐλύμποιο ἀπὸ ῥίου
. Here,
ἀπὸ ῥίου
goes with
εἰσεῖδε
: but
ἐξ Οὐλύμποιο
, however much
εἰσεῖδε
may have influenced it, at least cannot be disjoined from
στᾶσ’
. (2) Eur. Phoen. 1009
ἀλλ’ εἶμι καὶ στὰς ἐξ ἐπάλξεων ἄκρων | σφάξας ἐμαυτὸν σηκὸν εἰς μελαμβαθῆ | δράκοντος, ἔνθ’ ὁ μάντις ἐξηγήσατο, | ἐλευθερώσω γαῖαν
. It is impossible to sever
στάς
from
ἐξ ἐπ.
, even if we partly explain
ἐξ
by
σφάξας
. (3) ib. 1224
Ἐτεοκλέης δ’ ὑπῆρξ’ ἀπ’ ὀρθίου σταθεὶς | πύργου κελεύσας σῖγα κηρῦξαι στρατῷ
. The position of
σταθείς
forbids us to sever it from
ἀπ’ ὀρθ. π.
, even though
ὑπῆρξε
or
κελεύσας
is used to explain
ἀπό
. (4) Eur. Tro. 522
ἀνὰ δ’ ἐβόασεν λεὼς | Τρῳάδος ἀπὸ πέτρας σταθείς
. A similar case. In all these passages, a picture is presented, and we have to glance from a remoter to a nearer object. The mental eye is required to measure the space between Hera on the peak of Olympus, and Poseidon on the plain of Troy; between Megareus on the walls of Thebes, and the cavern into which his corpse is to fall. And, in each case,
ἐκ
or
ἀπό
denotes the quarter in which the remoter object is to be looked for. This, which might be called the ‘surveying’ use, is distinct from that in which the prep. has a pregnant force, as being directly suggestive of motion (
οἱ ἐκ Σικελίας ἥξουσι
); but it springs from the same mental tendency,—viz., to take a rapid glance over the dividing interval. Cp.
ἵστασθαι πρός τινος
(‘on his side’). So here: in the foreground of the picture is the corpse, which they have just laid bare. Now look to the hillocks behind it; in that quarter you will see the guards at their post.—I have not cited Od. 21.419
τόν ῥ’ ἐπὶ πήχει ἑλὼν ἕλκεν νευρὴν γλυφίδας τε | αὐτόθεν ἐκ δίφροιο καθήμενος
, because there
ἐκ δίφροιο
goes with
ἕλκεν
, not with
καθήμενος
(he drew the bow, just from the chair, where he sat).

mvp-comment-225-4 ὑπήνεμοι 912

mvp-comment-226-1 βάλῃ 913

mvp-comment-227-1 ἐγερτί 914

mvp-comment-227-2 κινῶν 915

mvp-comment-227-3 ἐπιρρόθοις κακοῖσιν 916

mvp-comment-227-4 the adj. expressing the loud, continuous noise of tongues. The

ἐπι
- does not mean ‘bandied to and fro’: see Tr. 263
πολλὰ μὲν λόγοις | ἐπερρόθησε
. In fr. 521
ἐπίρροθα δώματα
=‘open to reproach.’ Elsewhere (as with Aesch.)
ἐπίρροθος
= ‘helper’ (
ἐπιρροθέω
, to come with shouts to the rescue). Cp.
ἐρρόθουν
259 n., Aesch. 290.

mvp-comment-228-1 ἀκηδήσοι 917 ἀφειδήσοι 918

mvp-comment-229-1 The incident of the storm was a dramatic necessity, to account for Antigone reaching the corpse unobserved. A powerful picture is compressed into seven lines. (Cp. O. C. 1315 ff. for a like instance of self-restraint in description.)

mvp-comment-230-1 κατέστη 919

mvp-comment-230-2 χθονὸς 920

mvp-comment-231-1 τυφώς 921 σκηπτός 922

mvp-comment-231-2 οὐράνιον ἄχος 923

mvp-comment-232-1 πίμπλησι 924 αἰκίζων 925

mvp-comment-232-2 ἐν δ’ ἐμεστ 926

mvp-comment-233-1 μύσαντες 927

mvp-comment-233-2 νόσον 928

mvp-comment-233-3 ἐν χρ. μακρ 929

mvp-comment-234-1 πικρᾶς 930

mvp-comment-235-1 εὐνῆς...λέχος 931

mvp-comment-236-1 οὕτω δέ 932

mvp-comment-236-2 ψιλόν 933

mvp-comment-237-1 γόοισιν ἐξῴμωξεν 934

mvp-comment-237-2 ἐκ δ’ … ἠρᾶτο 935

mvp-comment-237-3 διψίαν 936

mvp-comment-238-1 φέρει κόνιν 937

mvp-comment-239-1 The πρόχους 938

mvp-comment-239-2 εὐκρότητος 939

mvp-comment-239-3 ἄρδην 940

mvp-comment-240-1 χοαῖσι 941

mvp-comment-240-2 τρισπόνδ. 942 στέφει 943

mvp-comment-241-1 ἱέμεσθα 944

mvp-comment-241-2 σὺν δὲ … θηρώμεθ’ 945

mvp-comment-242-1 ἠλέγχομεν 946

mvp-comment-242-2 ἄπαρνος … οὐδενός 947

mvp-comment-242-3 καθίστατο 948

mvp-comment-243-1 ἅμ’ 949

mvp-comment-244-1 φίλους 950

mvp-comment-245-1 πάντα ταῦθ’ 951 λαβεῖν 952

mvp-comment-246-1 σὲ δή, 953

mvp-comment-247-1 φὴς δεδρακέναι, ἢ καταρνεῖ μὴ δεδρ 954 καταρνεῖ 955

mvp-comment-248-1 καὶ......κοὐκ 956

mvp-comment-248-2 τὸ μή 957

mvp-comment-249-1 σὺ μέν 958 κομίζοις ἂν ς 959

mvp-comment-249-2 ἔξω 960 β. αἰτίας 961 ἐλεύθερον 962

mvp-comment-250-1 μῆκος 963

mvp-comment-251-1 ᾔδησθα 964 ᾔδης τὰ 965 σθα 966

mvp-comment-251-2 κηρυχθέντα 967

mvp-comment-252-1 ᾔδη 968

mvp-comment-252-2 τί δ’ οὐκ ἔμελλον 969

mvp-comment-252-3 ἐμφανῆ 970 ἐκφανῆ 971

mvp-comment-253-1 καὶ δῆτ’ 972

mvp-comment-254-1 Ζεύς 973

mvp-comment-255-1 τῶν κάτω θεῶν 974 ξύνοικος 975 τοιούσδ’ … ὥρισεν 976 οἳ τούσδ’ … ὥρισαν 977 τάδε 978

mvp-comment-256-1 ἄγραπτα … νόμιμα 979

mvp-comment-256-2 quotes vv. 456 f.) Cp. O.T. 865 ff.

νόμοι... | ὑψίποδες, οὐρανίαν | δἰ αἰθέρα τεκνωθέντες
, with notes there. Thuc. 2.37 (
νόμοι
)
ὅσοι ἄγραφοι ὄντες αἰσχύνην ὁμολογουμένην φέρουσι
. When ‘the unwritten laws’ are thus called
νόμοι
, the latter word is used figuratively. νόμιμα 980

mvp-comment-256-3 ἀσφαλῆ 981

mvp-comment-256-4 θνητὸν ὄντ’ 982

mvp-comment-256-5 ὑπερδραμεῖν 983

mvp-comment-257-1 νῦν γε κἀχθές 984

mvp-comment-257-2 ζῇ 985

mvp-comment-257-3 ’φάνη 986

mvp-comment-258-1 τούτων 987 τὴν δίκην 988 τούτων 989

mvp-comment-258-2 shows that, like

ταῦτα
just before, it refers to the
νόμιμα
: we cannot, therefore, render, ‘the penalty of such an act’ ( sc.
τοῦ ὑπερδραμεῖν
).

mvp-comment-258-3 ἐν θεοῖσι 990

mvp-comment-259-1 δώσειν 991

mvp-comment-259-2 θανουμένη γάρ 992

mvp-comment-259-3 τί δ’ οὔ 993

mvp-comment-260-1 κεἰ μὴ σὺ προὐκήρυξας 994

mvp-comment-260-2 τοῦ χρόνου 995

mvp-comment-260-3 αὔτ’ 996

mvp-comment-261-1 φέρει 997

mvp-comment-262-1 Kvičala and Wecklein reject these four verses, despairing of the difficulties found in vv. 466, 467, which have been variously amended; see Appendix. The alleged difficulties are, (1)

παρ’ οὐδὲν ἄλγος
: (2) the mention of the mother only: (3) the position of
θανόντ’
, which might suggest the sense, ‘slain by my mother’: (4)
ηἰσχόμην
(as L has it). Before dealing with these points, I would call attention to a trait which the impugners of these verses have overlooked, and which speaks strongly for the genuineness of the passage as a whole, corrupt though it be in certain words. That trait is the clause τοῖσδε δ’ οὐκ ἀλγύνομαι 998

mvp-comment-263-1 ἄλγος 999 παρ’ οὐδέν 1000

mvp-comment-263-2 adv.: ‘is a pain in no appreciable degree,’ is a pain not worth a thought: as he might have said,

οὐδαμοῦ ἄλγος ἐστί
. The normal use of
παρ’ οὐδέν
, ‘of no account,’ is either ( a) with the verb
εἶναι
, as O. T. 982
ταῦθ’ ὅτῳ | παρ’ οὐδέν ἐστι
, or ( b) with a verb meaning ‘to esteem,’ as above, v. 34,
τὸ πρᾶγμ’ ἄγειν | οὐχ ὡς παρ’ οὐδέν
. The only peculiarity here is that, instead of a word in the general sense, ‘ is esteemed’ (
ἄγεται
), we have a virtual equivalent, tinged with the special thought of the moment, viz., ‘ is a pain.’ Exactly so in El. 1327 we have
πότερα παρ’ οὐδὲν τοῦ βίου κήδεσθ’ ἔτι
, instead of
πότερα παρ’ οὐδὲν τὸν βίον ἄγετε
. Thus the suspicions as to the genuineness of
παρ’ οὐδὲν ἄλγος
are illusory.

mvp-comment-263-3 ἀλλ’ ἄν 1001

mvp-comment-264-1 ἄθαπτον ἠνσχόμην νέκυν 1002 ηἰσχόμην 1003 ἠνσχόμην 1004

mvp-comment-264-2 In my first edition I placed in the text the emendation of Semitelos (1887) ᾔσχυναν κύνες 1005

mvp-comment-264-3 Other emendations will be found in the Appendix. Most of them assume that we must have

ἠνεσχόμην
(or
ἀνεσχόμην
), and therefore alter the words
θανόντ’ ἄθαπτον
and
νέκυν
in various ways, —usu. omitting
νέκυν
. The verses produced by these processes are wretched, while, from a palaeographical point of view, they are pure conjectures, which do not attempt to account for the tradition in L.—Two points remain. (1) τὸν ἐξ ἐμῆς | μητρός 1006

mvp-comment-264-4 or

μιᾶς
(Meineke). (2) τὸν ἐξ ἐμ. | μητρος θανόντ’ 1007

mvp-comment-265-1 σχεδόν τι 1008

mvp-comment-265-2 μώρῳ μωρίαν 1009

mvp-comment-265-3 ὀφλισκάνω 1010

mvp-comment-266-1 These two verses give a moment of stillness before the storm breaks forth. So at O. T. 404 four verses of the chorus divide the angry speech of Oedipus from the retort of Teiresias.

mvp-comment-266-2 τὸ γέννημα τῆς παιδός 1011 δηλοῖ 1012 ὠμόν 1013 ἐξ ὠμοῦ πατρός 1014 γέννημα 1015

mvp-comment-267-1 εἴκειν … κακοῖς 1016

mvp-comment-342-1 Second

στάσιμον
. 1st strophe, 582—592,=1st antistr., 593— 603. 2nd strophe, 604—614,=2nd antistr., 615—625. See Metrical Analysis.

mvp-comment-342-2 The sentence of death just passed on Antigone leads the Chorus to reflect on the destiny of her house, and on the power of fate generally.—When a divine curse has once fallen upon a family, thenceforth there is no release for it. Wave after wave of trouble vexes it. Generation after generation suffers. These sisters were the last hope of the race; and now an infatuated act has doomed them also. —What mortal can restrain the power of Zeus? Human self-will and ambition may seem to defy him, but he is drawing them on to their ruin.—Anapaests (626— 630) then announce the approach of Haemon.

mvp-comment-369-1 Third

ἐπεισόδιον
. Haemon vainly intercedes with his father. They quarrel, and the son abruptly leaves the scene (765). Creon then commands that Antigone shall at once be immured in a rocky vault.

mvp-comment-469-1 Third stasimon. Strophe 781—790=antistr. 791—800.

mvp-comment-469-2 After Creon's and Haemon's speeches, the comment of the Chorus was in a neutral tone (724). When Haemon departed in anger, they spoke words implying that allowance must be made for the heat of youth (767). This beautiful ode is in a kindred strain. If Haemon has sinned against great

θεσμοί
—loyalty to country and to father—at least he is under the influence of a god whom none can withstand.

mvp-comment-469-3 The pathos of the maiden's fate is heightened by this plea for her lover. When she is led in by the guards, on her way to death, the Chorus avow that pity works with them even as love with Haemon (801—805). A perfect preparation is thus made for the lyric dialogue between the Chorus and Antigone (806—882).

mvp-comment-484-1 Fourth

ἐπεισόδιον
. Antigone has now been brought out of the house by two of Creon's servants (
οἱ ἄγοντες
, 931) who are about to conduct her to her doom. She speaks of her fate to the Chorus, and they seek to comfort her,—while they intimate that she alone is to blame (853, 875). Creon enters (883); and, in obedience to his peremptory command, Antigone is presently led forth to death (943).

mvp-comment-484-2 The structure of the

κομμός
(806—882) is as follows. 1st strophe (806—816)=1st ant. (823—833). A system of choral anapaests (817—822) comes after the strophe, and a similar system (834—838) after the antistrophe.—2nd strophe (839—852) = 2nd ant. (857—871).—3rd str. (853—856) =3rd ant. (872—875).—An epode forms the close (876—882). See Metrical Analysis.

mvp-comment-560-1 Fourth stasimon. 1st strophe 944—954=1st antistrophe 955— 965. 2nd str. 966—976=2nd antistr. 977—987. See Metrical Analysis.

mvp-comment-560-2 As Antigone spoke the verses ending at 943, the guards were in the act of leading her forth. The choral ode may have begun before she had vanished; but she is not to be conceived as still present when she is apostrophised (949, 987).

mvp-comment-560-3 A princess is about to be immured in a rocky cell. The Chorus remember three other royal persons who have suffered a like fate—Danaë, Lycurgus and Cleopatra. The only points which these cases have in common with Antigone's are the facts of noble birth and cruel imprisonment.

mvp-comment-560-4 All four cases illustrate the same general truth—no mortal can resist fate. Danaë and Cleopatra were innocent; Lycurgus was guilty. But the Chorus do not mean to suggest Antigone's guilt or innocence; still less, to foreshadow the punishment of Creon. On this side, the ode is neutral, purely a free lyric treatment of the examples. Such neutrality suits the moment before the beginning of the

περιπέτεια
. Teiresias is soon to come.

mvp-comment-587-1 Fifth

ἐπεισόδιον
. Teiresias denounces the divine wrath. Creon, terror-stricken, hastens to bury Polyneices and to release Antigone.

mvp-comment-674-1 This

ὑπόρχημα
, or ‘dance-song,’ takes the place of a fifth stasimon. The Chorus hopes that Creon may be in time to save Antigone, and that his sin against the dead may be expiated without disaster. Hence this strain, full of gladness, invoking the healing presence (1144) of the bright and joyous god who protects Thebes. The substitution of a
ὑπόρχημα
for a stasimon is used with a like dramatic purpose in other plays. (1) O. T. 1086 —1109: the Chorus hopes that Oedipus may prove to be of Theban birth. (2) Ai. 693 —717, a joyous invocation of Pan, the Chorus believing that Ajax has indeed repented. (3) Tr. 633 —662: the Chorus joyously anticipates the return of Heracles. In each of these cases the beginning of the end is near.

mvp-comment-674-2 1st strophe 1115—1125=1st antistr. 1126—1136: 2nd str. 1137—1145=2nd antistr. 1146—1154. See Metrical Analysis.

mvp-comment-696-1 Exodos. The threefold catastrophe. Creon's remorse.

Commentary (Lewis Campbell, 1879) (OCR draft) (Commentary (Lewis Campbell, 1879)) focus

1-17. mvp-comment-1-1 The opening speeches reveal the contrast between the sisters, while the affectionate address of Antigone in l. 1 gives greater emphasis to her violent outbreak in l. 69. Cp. О. Т. 85, and note.

1. mvp-comment-2-1 κοινόν not only means Of common parentage, but has the further significance of common interests and feelings. See Essay on Language p. 96, and for αὐτάδελφον (where the compound merely adds a pathetic emphasis), Essay on Language p. 91, 6. Ismene, my own sister, who sharest all with me. Antigone and Ismene were united by a common grief in an affection Dearer than the natural bond of sisters.

2-3. mvp-comment-3-1 (1) Do you know, that of the ills derived from Oedipus there is not one which Zeus will not bring upon us two before we die? ὁποῖον οὐχί is the indirect form of ποῖον οὐχί ; = all without exception. So Böckh: and this agrees better with what follows in ll. 7, 9, 10, 11 ff. than (2) reading ὅ, τι with the Schol. and rendering, 'Know'st thou which of the evils is such that Zeus will not accomplish it?' or (3) (ὁποῖον α resumption of ὅ, τι), 'Know'st thou what of all the evil Zeus will not accomplish?' or (4) supposing ὅτι pleonastic: 'Know'st thou what' etc.

2-3. mvp-comment-3-2 τῶν ἀπ᾿ Οἰδίπου Oedipus in the Antigone is simply the author of misery to his race: infr. 49 ff., 864 ff., although the misery has an earlier source in the Doom of the Labdacidae. The action of the O. T. and O. C. must not be presupposed. See Introd. p. 452.

3. mvp-comment-4-1 vῷv is dative. (Essay on Language § 12. p. 18). For ἔτι ζώσαιν, cp. Hom. Il. 18. 10, Μυρμιδόνων τὸν ἄριστον ἔτι ζώοντος ἐμεῖο | χερσὶν ὑπὸ Τρώων λείψειν φάος ἠελίοιο.

4. mvp-comment-5-1 ἄτης †ἄτερ Neither the defence of these words by Böckh, who places them between commas, Calamity apart, i.e. no disgrace, not to speak of calamity, (cp. Dem. de Cor. p. 255); nor that of Wecklein, who treats the privative as a redundant negative, i. e.

4. mvp-comment-5-2 ἄτερ = οὐ πλέων, nor Linwood's, who makes ἀλγεινὸν οὔτ᾽ ἄτης ἄτερ = άλγεινὸν ἀτηρόν τε, is satisfactory. Yet Didymus knew of no other reading, and interlinear glosses before the Christian era can hardly be assumed. Else there is much plausibility in Porson's conjecture that a gloss ἀτηρ', i. e. ἀτηρόν, has taken the place of ἔχον (sc. μετέχον), or some other word. The corruption occurring at such an early period is more probably due to the confusion to which all negative expressions are liable (Essay on Language § 29. 2, p. 49), but which in the present instance cannot be attributed to the poet; i. e. οὐδὲν ἀτηρόν ἐσθ᾽ ὁποῖον οὐκ ὄπωπα, has become confused in the mind of some early interpreter with οὐδέν ἐσθ᾽ ὁποῖον οὐκ ἀτηρόν = οὐδέν ἐστ᾽ ἄτης ἄτερ. Qy. ἄτης πλέων? The emphasis culminates on ἄτιμον, which pointedly refers to the dishonour she is now to speak of.

6. mvp-comment-6-1 τῶν.. κακῶν, partitive genitive, as supplementary predicate. See Essay on Language § 10. p. 15.

7-8. mvp-comment-7-1 πανδήμῳ.. στρατηγόν The Thebans had gone forth πανδημεί under Creon's generalship, and he had made the proclamation as στρατηγός, before assuming the civil power. Cp. Thuc. 5. 60, § 5, τὰς ἀπὸ στρατείας δίκας πρὶν ἐσιέναι κρίνουσιν. The publicity of the edict makes it more painful. Antigone knows what she is doing. Infr. 44, 907.

9. mvp-comment-8-1 τι is adverbial.

10. mvp-comment-9-1 τῶν ἐχθρῶν When evils devised by enemies are threatening those we love. In the vehemence of her resentment she already speaks of Creon as an enemy. Cp. infr. 62. τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν κακά, Schol. According to others τῶν ἐχθρῶν is abl. gen. passing from enemies, i.e. no longer directed towards them, or descriptive, evils which belong to enemies, i. e. which should be confined to them.

11. mvp-comment-10-1 οὐδεὶς μῦθος.. φίλων Νo word concerning any of our friends. Essay on Language § 9. p. 13.

12. mvp-comment-11-1 ἐξ ὅτου Sophocles has not been careful to mark the exact sequence of the events preceding the action of the Play. (See Introduction.) But the death of the brothers is supposed to have taken place some little time before the rout of the Argive host. Infr. 144-148.

14. mvp-comment-12-1 μιᾷ.. διπλῇ Essay on Language p. 69.

17. mvp-comment-13-1 μᾶλλον is redundant, the whole expression being epexegetic of οὐδὲν ὑπέρτερον, and in construction with οἶδα.

18-19. mvp-comment-14-1 καί σ'.. ἐξέπεμπον And it is for this that I have been leading thee forth. Thus a probable reason is given for the appearance of the two maidens before the gate. Their usual seclusion has been somewhat relaxed during the absence of Creon and Eteocles with the army. Infr. 578-579. Cp. El. 517.

20. mvp-comment-15-1 δηλοῖς γάρ τι καλχαίνουσ᾽ ἔπος It is plain that your thoughts are darkening with some troublous word.

20. mvp-comment-15-2 καλχαίνω is formed on a fancied analogy to πορφύρω, as this is used in Homer of the agitation of the sea, and, metaphorically, of the mind. According to others the first notion of καλχαίνω is to stir from the depths, as in dredging for the murex (κάλχη).

21. mvp-comment-16-1 τάφου is genitive of respect with both participles, but chiefly privative genitive ve ἀτιμάσας. See Essay on Language p. 66, 1, 68. She implies that both brothers had been dishonoured by the decree. Cp. infr. 515-517, οὐ μαρτυρήσει ταῦθ᾽ ὁ κατθανὼν νέκυς.. οὐ γάρ τι δοῦλος, ἀλλ᾽ ἀδελφὸς ὤλετο.

23. mvp-comment-17-1 ὡς λέγουσι, resumed in φασιν l. 27, φασι l. 31, points to the fact that the maidens in their seclusion could only know of the edict from hearsay.

23. mvp-comment-17-2 σὺν δίκῃ | †χρησθεὶς δικαίᾳ καὶ νόμῳ χρησθείς has been generally condemned, and ἐχρήσθην only occurs elsewhere in a strictly passive sense. Yet, as Shilleto observes (Journ. of Phil. No. 13, p. 149), ᾐδεσάμην and ᾐδέσθην, the former in lyric verse, the latter in senarii, are found within a few lines of each other in O. T. 647, 651; and χρησάμενος does not occur in Sophocles.

23. mvp-comment-17-3 Ἐτεοκλέα ἔκρυψε, χρησθεὶς (αὐτῷ) σὺν δίκῃ, is not impossible in point of syntax. On the other hand neither χρησθεὶς δίκαια, nor χρηστοῖς δικαίᾳ, nor προσθεὶς δίκαια, can be approved. In 1871 I suggested προθείς. After laying him out in state, with the righteous meed of honour and all customary observance, he has covered him in earth. Cp. Hdt. 1.112-115. 8, τρεῖς μὲν ἡμέρας προτιθέασι τὸν νεκρόν: inf. 196, καὶ τὰ πάντ᾽ ἐφαγνίσαι. This part of the treatment of Eteocles would contrast with the prohibition even to mourn for Polynices. Cp. Thuc. 2. 34, where the words καὶ ἐπιφέρει τῷ αὑτοῦ ἕκαστος ἤν τι βούληται throw some light on the custom implied in σὺν δίκῃ δικαίᾳ καὶ νόμῳ. For the emphatic δικαίᾳ, cp. Αj. 1100, ἐς ταφὰς ἐγὼ θήσω δικαίως: Hdt. 8. 106, νόμῳ δικαίῳ χρεώμενοι. προθείς may have been changed to προσθείς (which Donaldson conjectured), and to this may have been added an interlinear gloss ἃ χρή. Cp. 1. 243. κάφαγιστεύσας ἃ χρή. Another guess is χρῆσθαι δικαιῶν (sc. αὐτῷ). For similar fullness of expression on a solemn occasion, cp. O. T. 219, 259.

25. mvp-comment-18-1 τοῖς .. νεκροῖς Holding his honours amongst the dead; i.e. not ἄτιμος, or deprived of common rights.

26. mvp-comment-19-1 θανόντα .. νέκυν Cp. infr. 515, ὁ κατθανὼν νέκυς.

27. mvp-comment-20-1 ἐκκεκηρύχθαι Passive. That proclamation has been made. Cp. προκεῖσθαι, l. 36 .

29. mvp-comment-21-1 ἐἂν. Sc. πάντας. The affirmative subject is supplied from the negative Cp. the language of the proclamation in O. T. 241, and see Essay on Language p. 59.

29. mvp-comment-21-2 ἄκλαυτον, ἄταφον Cp. Od. 11. 72; Il. 22. 386; Eur. Hec. 30.

29-30. mvp-comment-22-1 οἰωνοῖς .. βορᾶς (1) To the vultures a sweet treasure as they eye him with a view to the gratification of food. Cp. infr. 371 τόλμας χάριν : 908, τίνος νόμου δὴ ταῦτα πρὸς χάριν λέγω; Or, perhaps. (2) To the vultures, eyeing him, a glad store of food to gratify their desire. For πρὸς χάριν in the latter rendering, cp. Phil. 1156, ἀντίφονον κορέσαι στόμα πρὸς χάριν, and for the combination of adverbial phrase and noun, El. 1336, σὺν χαρᾷ βοῆς.

31. mvp-comment-23-1 τὸν ἀγαθὸν Κρέοντα Cp. Phil. 873, ἁγαθοὶ στρατηλάται.

31-32. mvp-comment-24-1 σοι | κάμοί, λέγω γὰρ κἀμέ] Antigone first says, There is Creon's proclamation for you! (σοι unemphatic as in l. 37:) then, going off upon the word, For you, did I say? ay, and for me too, for I count myself also amongst those forbidden. This is said with bitter emphasis, showing that she has fully counted the cost of the act she meditates. The proclamation extends to me-I accept the consequences. For λέγω in this sense, cp. Aesch. Prom. 973, καὶ σὲ δ᾽ ἐν τούτοις λέγω: Cho. 989, Αἰγίσθου γὰρ οὐ λέγω μόρον. Others take κἀμέ as κάμοί, Το me, I say! (whose spirit he little knows).

35. mvp-comment-25-1 ὃς ἄν Essay on Language § 22. p. 35, 2. §39. p. 72.

35. mvp-comment-25-2 τούτων τι For this idiomatic use of τι, cp. Thuc. 5. 13, δρᾶν τι ὧν ἐκεῖνος ἐπενόει.

36. mvp-comment-26-1 δημόλευστον By stoning of the people. Essay on Language p. 98, a, line 15.

38. mvp-comment-27-1 For εὐγενής in the ethical sense, cp. Eur. El. 363, οὔτοι τό γ' ἦθος δυσγενές παρέξομαι. And for the genitive ἐσθλῶν, cp. Αj. 763, ἄνους καλῶς λέγοντος εὑρέθη πατρός.

39-40. mvp-comment-28-1 Alas for thy rash spirit! What help, if things be at this pass, can I afford, either to undo what is done, or to confirm it?' ταλαῖφρον points to the daring spirit of Antigone and to the tone of her last words. For λύουσα, cp. Aesch. S. c. Т. 270, λύουσα πολεμίων φόβον. The choice lies between ἢ 'φάπτουσα and εἴθ' ἅπτουσα. The implied negative is in favour of εἴθ' ἅπτουσα, which comes near the first hand of L. Cp. О. Т. 517, λόγοισιν εἴτ᾿ ἔργοισιν, where, however, ei precedes. But εἴτε is slightly too emphatic, and ἢ ᾿φάπτουσα is an early reading. The expression is proverbial. Cp. Aj. 1317.

42. mvp-comment-29-1 ποῦ γνώμης ποτ' εἶ; Although ποῖ with the verb of motion is not unlikely (cp. El. 922, ὅποι γνώμης φέρει), the future tense does not suit the passage. Hence the reading of Par. A. (with εἶ from εἰμί) is preferable. Cp. Ε1. 390, ποῦ ποτ' εἶ φρενῶν; but see Eurip. Iph. A. 480, for el from εἶμι with present meaning.

43. mvp-comment-30-1 Antigone's first intention is to lift the body with Ismene's help and give it proper burial. Being unable to do this unaided, she sprinkles the dust. Cp. El. 938-1057.

43. mvp-comment-30-2 ξὺν τῇδε .. χερί Aiding this hand, i. e. taking part in my labour. Cp. Ο. Τ. 811 ἐκ τῆσδε χειρός. Essay on Language § 22. p. 34.

44. mvp-comment-31-1 ἀπόρρητον πόλει A thing forbidden to the whole city. ἀπόρρητον is neuter accusative in apposition to the action of θάπτειν. Essay on Language § 17. p. 25.

45-46. mvp-comment-32-1 I will certainly bury my brother and yours, though you do not choose to do your part. The second of these lines has been needlessly suspected. The rejoinder of Ismene comes in more effectively when the στιχομυθία is broken. ἣν = κἄν, cp. Phil. 52, ἄλλ' ἤν τι καινὸν .. κλύῃς, ὑπουργεῖν.

48. mvp-comment-33-1 He has no right in what is mine, to part me from my own. τῶν ἐμῶν is partitive genitive with οὐδὲν μέτα: privative genitive with εἴργειν. Essay on Language p. 61.

50. mvp-comment-34-1 vῷν Ethical dative.

51. mvp-comment-35-1 αὐτοφώρων Self-detected; i. e. Brought to light by his own act. πρός = In consequence of,' connects the phrase with the preceding rather than the following words. Although the action of O. T. is not presupposed, this part of the fable had been already developed by Aeschylus. See S. c. T. 778 ff. Others take αὐτοφώρων to mean clearly proved, manifest to all men: cp. Od. 11.247, ἄφαρ δ᾽ ἀνάπυστα θεοὶ θέσαν ἀνθρώποισιν. But the emphatic repetition of αὐτὸς αὐτουργῷ in the next line agrees better with the more pregnant meaning. αὐτουργῷ = εἰς ἑαυτὸν ταῦτα ἐρξάσῃ.

53. mvp-comment-36-1 διπλοῦν ἔπος A two-fold name, suggesting the horror of the double relationship. Cp. Ο. Τ. 928, γυνὴ δὲ μήτηρ ἥδε τῶν κείνου τέκνων.

54. mvp-comment-37-1 λωβᾶται βίον Destroys her own life. Cp. Tr. 887, τάνδ᾽ ὕβριν.

56. mvp-comment-38-1 αὐτοκτονούντε By mutual fratricidal slaughter. αὐτός in composition here is partly reciprocal and partly, as in αὐτόχειρ, suggestive of the murder of kindred: cp. 1. 172. The same is true of κοινόν: cp. 1. 147.

57. mvp-comment-39-1 ἐπαλλήλοιν Mutual. The read. ing of L and Hermann is justified by the awkwardness of the double genitive dual and the doubtful use of ἐπί in the other reading.

58. mvp-comment-40-1 δή emphasizes μόνα with reference to what precedes. Thus left alone.

60. mvp-comment-41-1 ψῆφον τυράννων ἢ κράτη The will or authority of the ruler. 64. For the epexegesis, see Essay on Language § 33. p. 57. And for the accusative, to obey in this, cp. infr. 666-667.

66. mvp-comment-42-1 βιάζομαι τάδε This passive use of βιάζομαι occurs again in l. 1073, ἀλλ᾿ ἐκ σοῦ βιάζονται τάδε.

67. mvp-comment-43-1 τοῖς .. βεβῶσι Those whose position is supreme; i.e. the present ruling power.

68. mvp-comment-44-1 περισσὰ πράσσειν ‘Το act beyond one's sphere.' Cp. Tr. 617, τὸ μὴ πιθυμεῖν πομπὸς ὢν περισσὰ δρᾶν.

70. mvp-comment-45-1 ἐμοῦ.. μέτα Would your acting with me be any pleasure to me. For the adverb ἡδέως, implying a predicate, see Essay on Language § 24. p. 40.

71. mvp-comment-46-1 ἴσθ᾽ ὁποία This reading is acknowledged by the Scholiast equally with ἴσθ' ὁποῖα, the reading of LA. Be such as you choose to be' (i. e. base, cp. supr. 38) is more forcible than Hold what principles you please, even if εἰδέναι can have this meaning. Cp Phil. 1049, τοιοῦτός εἰμ' ἐγώ: Eur. Or. 1680, κἀγὼ τοιοῦτος. ὁποία is nominative by attraction to the antecedent. Hermann thought the dative ὁποίᾳ was required.

72. mvp-comment-47-1 Antigone knows clearly from the beginning, with the heightened consciousness of passion, the consequences of her act. There is no irony of fortune, so far as she is concerned.

74. mvp-comment-48-1 ὅσια πανουργ. Cp. infr. 924.

75. mvp-comment-49-1 τῶν ἐνθάδε See Essay on Language § 10. p.15. The form of expression resembles Hdt. 3. 124, βούλεσθαι οὖν παρθενεύεσθαι πλείω χρόνον ἢ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐστερῆσθαι. For the thought, cp. Plat. Legg. 9.881 Α, θάνατος μὲν οὐκ ἔστιν ἔσχατον, οἱ δὲ ἐν ῞Αιδου . πόνοι .. εἰσὶ μᾶλλον ἐν ἐσχάτοις : Sim. Am. 3, πολλὸς γὰρ ἡμῖν ἐστι τεθνάναι χρόνος, κ.τ.λ.

76. mvp-comment-50-1 σοὶ δ᾽ εἰ δοκεῖ The emphasis really rests on the subject (σύ), but is transferred to the dative, as in Phil. 1395, ὡς ῥᾷστ᾽ ἐμοὶ μὲν τῶν λόγων λῆξαι, σὲ δὲ | κ.τ.λ. Essay on Language § 41. pp. 78-79. The change to σύ (see v. rr.) is slight, but rather weakens the expression.

77. mvp-comment-51-1 τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἔντιμα What is held honourable amongst the Gods. Cp. θεῶν νόμιμα, infr. 454-455: 1.ε. τὰ τῶν θεῶν ὄντα καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν θεῶν ἀγόμενα ἐν τιμῇ. Hh ἀτιμάσασ᾽ ἔχε] Persist in slighting. 78. ἐγὼ ποιοῦμαι I do not mean to show disrespect. She shrinks from saying distinctly τὰ τῶν θεῶν.

79. mvp-comment-52-1 ἔφυν By nature and position.

82. mvp-comment-53-1 ταλαίνης after οἴμοι: σου after ὑπερδέδοικα. But this distinction is hardly felt in the Greek.

83. mvp-comment-54-1 ἐξόρθου Continue to direct safely, as if steering a vessel.

85. mvp-comment-55-1 σὺν δ' See Essay on Language § 18. p. 26.

86. mvp-comment-56-1 The Epic πολλόν is curious, but need not be changed. Cp. Tr. 1196, πολλὸν δ᾽ ἄρσεν᾽ ἐκτεμόνθ᾽ ὁμοῦ | ἄγριον ἔλαιον. Other Epic forms in this play are ὡσεί τε, infr. 653; ὑπαί, infr. 1035: εἰν ῞Αιδου δόμοις, 1241. A lukewarm spirit is above all hateful to Antigone. If Ismene disapproves her act, let her denounce it. ἐὰν μή, κ.τ.λ., further explains σιγῶσ'. Cp. Ο. Τ. 57, ἔρημος ἀνδρῶν μὴ ξυνοικούντων ἔσω.

88. mvp-comment-57-1 θερμὴν .. ἔχεις Your courage is hot upon a cold enterprize.

88. mvp-comment-57-2 ψυχροῖσι] Chilling, i.e. Causing a cold thrill of horror. Cp. Aesch. Prom. 691-693, οὐδ᾽ ὧδε δυσθέατα καὶ δυσοιστὰ ... ψύχειν ψυχὰν ἐμάν. Also with an association from the meaning fruitless; cp. Hdt. 9. 49, ἐπαρθεὶς ψυχρῇ νίκῃ.

91. mvp-comment-58-1 Cp. 1. 926, παθόντες ἂν ξυγγνοῖμεν ἡμαρτηκότες.

94. mvp-comment-59-1 ἐχθρὰ .. δίκῃ And our dead brother will justly hold you as an enemy: ἐχθράν σε προσθήσεται: ср. Eur. Τr. 185, τῷ πρόσκειμαι δούλα; Who has me for his slave.

95. mvp-comment-60-1 τὴν ἐξ ἐμοῦ That proceeds from me; i. e. For which I alone am responsible. See Essay on Language § 19. p. 28. 1

96. mvp-comment-61-1 πείσομαι γὰρ οὐ The reading οὐ, for which some critics would substitute οὖν, is confirmed (1) by the tendency to a vehement accumulation of negatives in the speeches of Antigone in this scene: (2) by the similar emphatic inversions noticed in the Essay on Language § 41. p. 78.

99. mvp-comment-62-1 τοῖς φίλοις δ᾽ ὀρθῶς φίλη But unfailing in kindness to thy friends; i. e. A faithful sister to thine own brother. Cp. Eur. Or. 424, ἀληθὴς δ᾽ ἐς φίλους ἔφυν φίλος. Antigone goes to perform the sepulture, and Ismene returns into the palace. The stage is left vacant. As in the Ajax, there is a distinct break after the prologue, which has laid the ground of the action so far as Antigone is concerned. The first episodion, ll. 163 ff., is in one sense a fresh beginning, as setting forth the motives of Creon, and still only preparing for the collision. The parados, ll. 100 ff., introduces us to the public feeling of Thebes, and to the wider sphere of which the action forms the central point. 100 ff. Instead of a long series of anapaests, followed by lyrical strophes and antistrophes, as in the Ajax (with which cp. Aesch. Agamemnon), we have here two strophes and antistrophes alternating with anapaestic systems of about seven lines each: making a form of parodos intermediate between that of the Ajax and that of the O. T., in which there are no anapaests. The α' (100-109=117-133). chorus on its first appearance chants ll. 100-109, then advances while the coryphaeus recites 110-116, then the antistrophe is chanted, then another advance is made during the recitative of 11. 127-133, then strophe B' is chanted, the chorus by this time standing near the stage; then they make a final advance, and, during the second antistrophe, are standing full in front of the stage. Lastly, as Creon is seen approaching, the coryphaeus chants ll. 155-162, which thus form at once the conclusion of the parodos and the introit or prelude of the first episodium.

99. mvp-comment-62-2 The total effect is that of a stately and solemn triumph, in which the bright influence of the glyconic opening is tempered with slow movements (---), as in ll. 106, 122, 137, 151, and interrupted rhythms, as in ll. 103, 120, 138, 152; the notes of triumph and solemnity being combined in the choriambi, which bring the lyrical part to a close. Thus we have- β΄ (134-140=148-154). CI IICCー​しー CLトくト​CCI 51--10CICIC ト 1001010110010||| ――ト​し​て​トー luclcclcULCII) C- 「SƆIDII7 5トレト​しし LCCLLCCLLCCLLCCLI トリトー The culmination of feeling is marked by the dactylic opening of β'. The rhythms of a' 3. 4, 6, and β' 3, 4, show the correlation of the two movements. The adaptation of sound to sense is specially obvious in the resolved trochees of a' 7, while the concluding lines, a' 8, β' 7, serve to harmonize the logaoedic with the anapaestic measures. Cp. O. C. 135-137, 167-169.

99. mvp-comment-62-3 'Never did morning rise so fair as this which thou didst bring at length to waiting Thebè, O eye of golden day! For thy first beams, shooting over Dircè's rills, stirred into quicker flight the Argive warrior, who for Polynices' quarrel swooped upon our land on snow-white wing, with many a shield and many a plumèd helm.

99. mvp-comment-62-4 Threatening our halls in towering pride he stood, and gaped with bristling spears around our gates, thirsting for our blood: but he is gone, or ever his desire was slaked, or ever the fire-god caught our coronal of towers. Such fight displayed the serpent writhing in his gripe, not easily subdued. Such din of war assailed him as he turned to flee. For Zeus abhors the boaster and contemns the clank of gold. And when he saw them moving in a full proud stream, he smote with lightning from on high the daring climber who had gained the pinnacle and was eagerly preparing to shout victory. And swung to earth he fell with a rebound, the firebearer, who with mad rush was breathing his blast of enmity against the wall. And various was the fortune of the day. But terrible was the War-god as he plunged amidst our enemies, a mighty helper for us.

99. mvp-comment-62-5 'For at all our gates their captains, seven against seven, left their panoplies as trophies to our cause. All, save the horrid pair, who fell together with the guilt of mutual fratricide.

99. mvp-comment-62-6 But forget we the griefs of war. For victory came with smiles of joy to greet our smiling town. So visit we the temples of the gods with dances all night long: and let Theban Bacchus be the master of our revelry.

103. mvp-comment-63-1 χρυσέας χρυσέας, as in O. T. 158-187.

106. mvp-comment-64-1 The rivulet of Dircè was to the west of Thebes. The sun had risen just as the retreat of the Argives became a rout, and the army returning from pursuit would see the morning light reflected in the stream, which they would cross on their way back to the city. Cp. Eur. Phoen. 730. The ode is not chanted at sunrise, but celebrates the glorious morning which had seen the discomfiture of the enemy. The chorus of elders imagine themselves in the position of the victorious army.

106. mvp-comment-64-2 λεύκασπιν Cp. Aesch. S. c. Т. 96, λευκοπρεπή λέων: Eur. Phoen. 1099, λεύκασπιν εἰσορῶμεν Ἀργείων στράτον.

106. mvp-comment-64-3 Αργόθεν The correspondence of a dactyl in the antistrophe to the trochee Αργό- in this line justly leads to suspicion of the text, and Hermann conjectured Ἀργόθεν ἐκ. Qy. Ἀργόλεων ? or Ἀργογενή ?

108. mvp-comment-65-1 φυγάδα πρόδρομον (1) Running before us in flight. Said from the point of view of the pursuing host. Or (2), In the van of the flying host. The Schol. on Phoen. 409 says, φασὶ .. τὸν Ἀδραστον .. μόνον φυγάδα σωθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ ἰδίου ἵππου Ἀρείονος. Cp. Paus. 8.25. § 5.

109. mvp-comment-66-1 χαλινῷ Either (1) literally Riding with hastier rein, or (2) metaphorically, With thy hastening bridle in his lips. The first (1) is best. If (2) were adopted, the reading ὀξυτόρῳ, galling (see v. rr.), might be preferred.

110. mvp-comment-67-1 *ὃς .. *Πολυνείκους The emendation of Scaliger improves the sense as well as the grammar. The imagery throughout represents not Polynices, but his Argive ally. The subject of the single fight between the two brothers is passed lightly over, as unsuited to a triumphal hymn.

111. mvp-comment-68-1 ἀρθεὶς.. ἐξ ἀμφιλόγων Carried forth in consequence of the doubtful quarrel (the quarrel and debate) of Polynices. ἀρθείς is said with allusion to αἴρειν στόλον, but also suggests the image of the bird mounting in air. Cp. Il. 13. 63, of the hawk, ἀπ' αἰγίλιπος πέτρης περιμήκεος ἀρθείς, Eur. Phoen. 636-637. For the play on the name of Polynices, see Essay on Language § 44. p. 82.

113. mvp-comment-69-1 The omission of ὡs in this line, which Herm. suggested, is hardly necessary, although it does not impair the sense. The correspondence of strophe and antistrophe does not extend strictly to the anapaests, although the anapaestic systems in this passage are nearly of the same length.

114. mvp-comment-70-1 λευκῆς χιόνος πτέρυγι See Essay on Language § 9. p. 11, and cp. l. 106.

114. mvp-comment-70-2 στεγανός Covered all over; i. e. There were no gaps in their array.

115-116. mvp-comment-71-1 πολλῶν μεθ᾽ ὅπλων | ξύν θ᾽ ἱπποκόμοις κορύθεσσι Accompanied with many a shield and armed with many a helm.

117. mvp-comment-72-1 στάς Staying his flight, like the bird of prey preparing to stoop. At this point the image, which has hitherto grown in distinctness, becomes less definite, the figure of an eagle passing into that of a flying dragon, with spears for teeth. Cp. Shak. K. John, 2. 1, O, now doth Death Line his dead chaps with steel, etc. Also the image in Milton's Samson Agonistes, 11. 1692-1696.

117. mvp-comment-72-2 φονώσαισιν Boeckh's emendation at once cures the metre and supplies a poetical touch which corresponds to the explanation of the Scholiast, ταῖς τῶν φονῶν ἐρώσαις λόγχαις. It is confirmed by the reading of L² pr. See v. rr.

118. mvp-comment-73-1 ἀμφιχανὼν.. στόμα Yawning round our seven-mouthed gates.

120. mvp-comment-74-1 ἔβα He went his way. For the use of the aorist of βαίνω in this sense, cp. Od. 22. 249, καὶ δή οἱ Μέντωρ μὲν ἔβη, κενὰ εὔγματα εἰπών: Τr. 115, βάντ᾽ ἐπιόντα τ', Some gone, others coming on.

121. mvp-comment-75-1 γένυσιν With his jaws. Instrumental dative.

121. mvp-comment-75-2 πλησθῆναί τε καὶ ἑλεῖν For the change of subject in these lines, cp. Aj. 458, ἐχθαίρομαι, μισεῖ δέ, κ.τ.λ. And for στεφάνωμα πύργων, cp. Pind. Ol. 8. 32, Ἰλίῳ μέλλοντες ἐπὶ στέφανον τεύξαι : Hom. h. Dem. 151, .. κρήδεμνα πόληος | εἰρύαται ...

124. mvp-comment-76-1 τοῖος .. δράκοντι (1) Such din of war was spread about his rear by the reluctant snake, no easy matter to subdue. So the Scholiast, who wrote τὸ δὲ ἀντιπάλῳ δράκοντι ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀντιπάλου δράκοντος, ὡς Ἀχιλῆϊ δαμασθείς (Il. 22. 55). Or (2) δυσχείρωμα may be taken to mean the act rather than the object of victory (cp. O. Τ. 560, θανασίμῳ χειρώματι), and the sense may be, Such din of war encompassed him, issuing in a hard-won victory for the serpent matching his foe. In this case it will make little difference to read the genitive. Or, (3) if the genitive is read (Wecklein), the words may be taken in yet another way: Such din of war harassed him from behind, the hard-to-be-subdued might of the serpent, who was a match for his foe. The genitive is given as an alternative reading by the 1st hand of L, and is supported by V (Ven. 468). But the dative is alone recognised by the Scholiast.

124. mvp-comment-76-2 The δράκων is certainly the emblem of Thebes, and the eagle and snake are in conflict, as in Il. 12. 201, foll., where also the serpent struggles and escapes : ὁ δ᾽ οὔπω λήθετο χάρμης, | κόψε γὰρ αὐτὸν ἔχοντα κατὰ στήθος παρὰ δειρὴν | ἰδνωθεὶς ὀπίσω· ὁ δ᾽ ἀπὸ ἕθεν ἧκε χαμάζε, κ.τ.λ. Hor. Carm. 4. 4, 11, Nunc in reluctantes dracones | Egit amor dapis atque pugnae.

129. mvp-comment-77-1 πολλῷ ῥεύματι προσνισσομένους Coming on in full proud stream. Like a great river filling its banks.

130. mvp-comment-78-1 χρυσοῦ καναχῆς ὑπερόπτης] Despiser of the clank of gold. Cp. Aesch. Agam. 776, τὰ χρυσόπαστα δ᾽ ἐσθλὰ σὺν πίνῳ χερῶν | παλιντρόποις ὄμμασιν | λιπούσ', ὅσια προσέβα: S. c. T. 481-485. The Scholiast, who wrote καὶ τὴν τοῦ χρυσοῦ φαντασίαν ὑπερβεβηκότας τῇ ἰδίᾳ ὑπεροψίᾳ, seems to have read ὑπερόπτας, which appears in the margin of some copies. The ὑπεροψία of his interpretation may have given rise to ὑπεροπτίας, as in conjunction with this it has suggested ὑπεροπλίαις, (Vauvillers, who compares II. 1. 205). Musgr. and Böckh are contented with ὑπεροπτείας, abstr. noun of ὑπερόπτης, gen. with ῥεύματι, In floods of supercilious pride.

131. mvp-comment-79-1 παλτῷ ῥιπτεῖ πυρί (1) Hurls down with brandished thunderbolt. Or possibly (2) ῥιπτεῖ is a more emphatic substitute for βάλλει = Smites from afar. The word παλτῷ suggests the zig-zag flicker of the lightning.

131. mvp-comment-79-2 βαλβίδων .. ἀλαλάζαι As, having reached the topmost goal, he was eager to raise the cry of victory. βαλβίδες are the end of the race-course, metaphorically applied here to the top of the wall to which Capaneus had climbed, and so receiving the epithet ἄκρων.

131. mvp-comment-79-3 βαλβίδων may be also taken as abl. gen, with ῥιπτεῖ, and only resumed with ἄκρων. But this is questionable.

133. mvp-comment-80-1 The subject of ὁρμῶντα (Capaneus) is anticipated from the following lines, viz. ὅς, κ.τ.λ.

134. mvp-comment-81-1 ἀντιτύπᾳ This conj. of Porson has been generally received. He fell upon the earth, that smote him again; i.e. He fell with a shock. The Scholia explain ἀντίτυπα, which is against metre.

134. mvp-comment-81-2 τανταλωθείς Swung. As if the scale that had been the lightest had suddenly become the heaviest. Cp. Hom. Il. 22. 212, ῥέπε δ᾽ Ἕκτορος αἴσιμον ἦμαρ, | ᾤχετο δ᾽ εἰς Ἀἰδαο.

135. mvp-comment-82-1 πυρφόρος With the fire in his hand, with which he had threatened the town. O. C. 1318: Aesch. S. c. T. 422, ff.

135. mvp-comment-82-2 ὁρμᾷ Observe the tautology after ὁρμῶντ', supra.

136-137. mvp-comment-83-1 Had breathed against us in frenzy with blasts of malignant winds. Cp. infra 929-930: O. C. 612 and note: Aesch. S. c. T. 115, πνοαῖς Ἄρεος.

138. mvp-comment-84-1 εἶχε δ᾽ ἄλλᾳ τὰ μέν· κτ.λ.] This was in one direction: whilst on other men terrible fortune was dispensed by mighty Ares rushing on them like a steed harnessed upon our right hand. For the use of ἔχω with the locative adv., see L. and S. s. v. ἔχω, Β. 11. Ι. The reading in the text is suggested by that of V (Ven. 468), a MS. of the 13th century, which, together with many obvious corruptions, has preserved some good readings. See on O. T. 1526. This MS. reading is curiously near the conj. of Musgrave, εἶχε δ᾽ ἄλλᾳ τὰ δείν᾽. The epithet, as read in the text, may be suggested by a forefeeling of what is coming. Even the end of Capaneus is less awful than that of Eteocles and Polynices (144 ff.). Hermann's reading, εἶχε δ᾽ ἄλλᾳ μὲν ἄλ | λᾳ· τὰ δ᾽ ἐπ᾿ ἄλλοις, makes good enough sense; Plat. Rep. 2. 369 Β, οὕτω δὴ ἄρα παραλαμβάνων ἄλλος ἄλλον ἐπ᾿ ἄλλου, τὸν δ᾽ ἐπ᾿ ἄλλου χρείᾳ : but the synaphea between the cretics and the choriambi is questionable. And the same objection applies to Wecklein's εἶχε δ' ἄλλᾳ τὰ τοῦδ᾽· | ἄλλα δ᾽ ἐπ᾿ ἄλλοις.

140. mvp-comment-85-1 δεξιόσειρος The War-god taking part with Thebes and bounding hither and thither over the plain is compared to the σειραῖος ἵππος, whose free action was so important at critical moments in the chariot-race. Cp. El. 721-722, δεξιὸν δ᾽ ἀνεὶς | σειραῖον ἵππον εἶργε τὸν προσκείμενον: Aesch. Agam. 841-842, μόνος δ' Οδυσσεύς, ὅσπερ οὐχ ἑκὼν ἔπλει | ζευχθείς ἕτοιμος ἦν ἐμοὶ σειραφόρος. The reading δεξιόχειρος is probably erroneous. It is acknowledged as a variant by the Scholiast.

141. mvp-comment-86-1 Capaneus, who is one of the seven adversaries, is already disposed of. But the general description in 141-143, is only preparatory to the chief statement, 144-147, from which, however, the chorus pass quickly, as they approach it with aversion. What is of the best omen must be kept to the front. For ἴσοι πρὸς ἴσους, cp. Hdt. 9. 49, ἴσοι πρὸς ἴσους ἄριθμον μαχεσόμεθα.

142-143. mvp-comment-87-1 'Left the tribute of their brazen panoplies to Zeus, who turns the battle.'

144-147. mvp-comment-88-1 Neither could despoil the other, since both were slain. And the citizens could not dedicate to Zeus arms polluted with kindred blood.

145. mvp-comment-89-1 αὑτοῖν i. e. ἀλλήλοιν: ἑαυτούς, ἀλλήλους. Hesych.

146. mvp-comment-90-1 δικρατεῖς λόγχας στήσαντε Having pointed their two spears, of which either was victorious. The spears are not hurled, as commonly in the Iliad, but held firmly as the combatants rush at each other. Cp. Hom. Il. 4. 307 (quoted by Donaldson), ὃς δέ κ᾿ ἀνὴρ ἀπὸ ὧν ὀχέων ἕτερ᾽ ἅρμαθ' ἵκηται | ἔγχει ὀρεξάσθω, ἐπεὶ ἢ πολὺ φέρτερον οὕτως.

147. mvp-comment-91-1 'Both have their portion in mutual death: i.e. Each strove for sole inheritance, but they share equally-in a death;' which each has given and each has received. See on l. 57. The spirit of the words is the same as those of Aesch. S. c. T. 726 ff.: O. C. 790.

149. mvp-comment-92-1 ἀντιχαρεῖσα Exchanging looks of joy. Cp. χαίρειν γέλωτι, Χen. Cyr. 8.1.33.

149. mvp-comment-92-2 Θήβη, as in Pindar, is the personification of Θήβαι, for which it is used consistently throughout this play. Cp. Od. 7. 80, εὐρυάγυιαν Ἀθήνην.

150. mvp-comment-93-1 ἐκ μὲν δὴ πολέμων .. λησμοσύvav Turning from the present wars, appoint ye forgetfulness of them. For the pleonastic use of ἐκ, see Essay on Language § 19. p. 27. The reading θέσθαι, which has good MS. authority and preserves the metrical correspondence with l. 137, is retained by some editors as an infinitive for imperative. Cp. infr. 1142, μολεῖν. For the expression, cp. Eur. Phoen. 1584,5, ὡς ὥρα τάφου | μνήμην τίθεσθαι.

153. mvp-comment-94-1 παννυχίοις Cp. Ο. Τ. 1090: Aesch. Ag. 23, 24. καὶ χορῶν κατάστασιν | πολλῶν ἐν Ἄργει τῆσδε συμφορᾶς χάριν.

153. mvp-comment-94-2 ὁ Θήβας δ'. . ἄρχοι And let Bacchus, Thebe's God. who shakes the earth (with revelry), lead on the dance. Schol. ὁ Θήβας Βακχεῖος, ὁ Θηβαγενὴς Διόνυσος, ὁ τῆς Θήβης πολίτης, ὁ ἐλελίχθων, ἄρχοι τῆς χορείας. See Essay on Language § 9. p. 11.

156. mvp-comment-95-1 The metre requires either the addition of one (or three) anapaests or the omission of νεοχμός. Dindorf's supposition that νεοχμός νεαραῖσι has grown in some way out of νεοχμοῖσι is in itself probable enough, but the omission of some word like *ἄρχων after βασιλεύς is equally so. The spectator is thus reminded that Creon is young in power.

157-158. mvp-comment-96-1 νεαραῖσι .. συντυχίαις In consequence of the recent god-sent fortune. These words are to be joined with the whole sentence, though chiefly with ἐρέσσων. Creon's accession, his coming, and the counsel which he brings, all follow closely on the events of the war. The question is, what is that counsel?

159. mvp-comment-97-1 τίνα δή This is preferable to τινὰ δή, which Aldus printed from Ven. 467 (V3).

159. mvp-comment-97-2 On ἐρέσσων = Moving, Advancing. see Essay on Language p. 87, and cp. Aj. 251, τοίας ἐρέσσουσιν ἀπειλάς.

160-161. mvp-comment-98-1 ὅτι. προὔθετο That he hath appointed. ὅτι gives the reason of the question.

160. mvp-comment-99-1 σύγκλητον Specially convened. The word is used, after the analogy of the σύγκλητος ἐκκλησία at Athens, for an assembly specially summoned by the στρατηγός. λέσχη is less formal than βουλή. Cp. Ο. C. 166.

161. mvp-comment-100-1 προὔθετο The middle voice implies that Creon had summoned the elders of his own motion. So καλέσσατο of Achilles in Il. 1. 54.

162. mvp-comment-101-1 κοινῷ κηρύγματι πέμψας Having cited us by a message sent to us all.

162. mvp-comment-101-2 κοινῷ = Inclusive. πέμψας] i. e. στείλας πομποῖσιν, as Creon expresses himself in ll. 164-165. 162-210. Creon's first error is not mere self-will, but an excessive zeal for the honour of the state, to which all private feelings must give way (183-184, 187-190). His spirit of self-assertion is however already felt, esp. in ll. 173, 191, 207-10. And the unconsciousness of one young in power is shown in the self-inculpating words in ll. 175-177. He characteristically dwells on the virtue of loyalty (165-169, 209-210) and the crime of rebellion (199-202): and his passionate nature is betrayed by the exaggerated expression in l. 208. Cp. O. T. 216 ff. and note. The frequent occurrence of the Ist personal pronoun is a significant feature of both these speeches.

162. mvp-comment-101-3 τὰ μὲν δὴ πόλεος As for the state. This form of expression suits the introduction of a subject before the form of sentence is determined. πόλιν, rather than τὰ πόλεος, is the object of σείσαντες and ὤρθωσαν.

162. mvp-comment-101-4 ἀσφαλῶς Unharmed, = ἄνεν τοῦ σφαλῆναι,

163. mvp-comment-102-1 ὥρθωσαν Have righted the vessel of the state.

165-166. mvp-comment-103-1 τὰ Λαΐου. κράτη Knowing that you ever duly reverenced the enthroned authority of Laius. Λαΐου is governed by θρόνων κράτη taken as one word, θρόνων being added to supplement κράτη. σέβοντας and μένοντας, infr. 166, 169, are imperfects = ὅτι ἐσέβετε .. ἐμένετε,

167. mvp-comment-104-1 ὤρθου Kept on a safe course: i. e. Governed prosperously. The word recalls the happiness of the first period of Oedipus' rule. Cp. Plat. Men. P. 99 C, ᾗ οἱ πολιτικοὶ ἄνδρες χρώμενοι τὰς πόλεις ὀρθοῦσιν : Phaedr. 244 B. 168-169. ἀμφὶ .. φρονήμασιν]. Ye still remained loyal to their issue with unshaken minds. ἀμφί, Surrounding, as ready to defend. The apodosis is made to suit the latter protasis, ἐπεὶ διώλετο, and that of the former protasis, ἡνίκ' . . πόλιν (viz. ἐκείνῳ ὁμοίως πειθομένους οι the like), is thus absorbed.

167. mvp-comment-104-2 κείνων . . παῖδας i. e. Sons of Oedipus and grandsons of Laius.

172. mvp-comment-105-1 αὐτόχειρι Fratricidal. See Essay on Language p. 91.

174. mvp-comment-106-1 γένους κατ᾿ ἀγχιστεῖα By privilege of being nearest in kindred (ὡς ἀγχιστεύων) to the dead. Cp. πρωτεία, etc.

175. mvp-comment-107-1 παντὸς ἀνδρός Of any man, and therefore of me.

176. mvp-comment-108-1 ψυχήν. . φρόνημα.. γνώμην As observed in the Essay on Language pp. 91-3, the opposition between these words is chiefly formal. So far as there is any difference between them, ψυχήν is mind, or nature, φρόνημα, spirit, or way of thinking, (cp. infr. 207), and γνώμην, judgment or meaning.

176-177. mvp-comment-109-1 πρὶν ἂν ἀρχαῖς.. φανῇ “Until he be seen in his true colours through being tried in office and administration.' According to the saying of Bias, ἀρχὴ τὸν ἄνδρα δείξει (Arist. Eth. Nic. 5. 1. 16). There is an allusion to the detection of spurious coin through wear. Cp. Aesch. Ag. 390-392, κακοῦ δὲ χαλκοῦ τρόπον | τρίβῳτε καὶ προσβολαῖς | μελαμπαγὴς πέλει | δικαιωθείς (where Herm. says, 'Vereor autem ne non de lapide Lydio loquatur poeta, sed aes adulterinum dicat, quod usu tritum amisso falso splendore cognoscitur'): Hdt. 7. 10, ὥσπερ τὸν χρυσὸν τὸν ἀκήρατον, αὐτὸν μὲν ἐπ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ οὐ διαγινώσκομεν, ἐπεὰν δὲ

178. mvp-comment-110-1 ἐμοὶ γάρ The connection is not strictly logical. γάρ explains not the difficulty of discerning the difference between rulers, but the essential point on which the difference turns. In setting forth this, Creon also declares the spirit of his own policy. He is feeling his way with the elders, of whose submission he is not perfectly sure, and beats about the bush before coming to the point with them. Hence he repeats the same thought in different words.

178-183. mvp-comment-111-1 The sentiment of these lines is closely parallel to Plat. Legg. 9. 856 B, ὃς ἂν ἄγων εἰς ἀρχὴν ἄνθρωπον δουλῶται μὲν τοὺς νόμους, ἑταιρείας δὲ τὴν πόλιν ὑπήκοον ποιῇ, καὶ βιαίως δὲ πᾶν τοῦτο πράττων καὶ στάσιν ἐγείρων παρανομῇ· τοῦτον δὴ διανοεῖσθαι δεῖ πάντων πολεμιώτατον ὅλῃ τῇ πόλει, τὸν δὲ κοινωνοῦντα μὲν τῶν τοιούτων μηδενί, τῶν μεγίστων δὲ μετέχοντα ἀρχῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει, λεληθότα τε ταῦτα αὐτὸν ἢ μὴ λεληθότα, δειλίᾳ δ᾽ ὑπὲρ πατρίδος αὑτοῦ μὴ τιμωρούμενον, δεῖ δεύτερον ἡγεῖσθαι τὸν τοιοῦτον πολίτην κακῇ.

180. mvp-comment-112-1 ἐγκλείσας Locked up. Cp. Shakespeare, Richard II, 1. 3,

Within my mouth you have engaoled my tongue, | Doubly portcullised with my teeth and lips.
Infr. 505, εἰ μὴ γλῶσσαν ἐγκλείσαι φόβος.

182. mvp-comment-113-1 μείζον᾽.. ἀντί Essay on Language § 19. p. 27. Cp. Od. 7. 216, στυγερῇ ἐπὶ γαστέρι κύντερον.

183. mvp-comment-114-1 οὐδαμοῦ λέγω Plat. Gorg. 456 C, οὐδαμοῦ ἂν φανῆναι, supr. 32. 184 ff. Having shown what makes the good and bad ruler, Creon declares his own intentions, first generally, and then (192 ff.) with reference to Eteocles and Polynices. γάρ implies that his opinion will be proved by his acts. In both statements (178-183, 184-190) the stress is laid on the duty of renouncing friendship with the public enemy (182-183, 187-188), which is the ground of the present edict, Polynices being presumably Creon's private friend: supr. 174.

186. mvp-comment-115-1 στείχουσαν ἀστοῖς Menacing my people. Cp. supr. l. 10: Aesch. Prom. 1089-1090, τοιάδ᾽ ἐπ᾿ ἐμοὶ ῥιπὴ Διόθεν, | τεύχουσα φόβον, στείχει φανερῶς. For the dative, Essay on Language § 12. p. 18.

187. mvp-comment-116-1 δυσμενή χθονός Who is my country's foe. The genitive avoids the awkwardness of two datives, χθονί and ἐμαυτῷ, coming close together.

189-190. mvp-comment-117-1 She it is who preserves us, and we make friends only while she carries us in the course of public safety; i. e. The friendship that is made against the interest of the state is hollow and insecure. Cp. Thuc. 2. 60: (Pericles loq.) ἐγὼ γὰρ ἡγοῦμαι πόλιν πλείω ξύμπασαν ὀρθουμένην ὠφελεῖν τοὺς ἰδιώτας, ἢ καθ᾿ ἕκαστον τῶν πολιτῶν εὐπραγοῦσαν, ἀθρόαν δὲ σφαλλομένην, κ.τ.λ.: Zaleuc. ap. Stob. (Mullach, p. 543), πόλις γὰρ εὖ ἀγομένη μεγίστη ὄρθωσίς ἐστι, καὶ ἐν τούτῳ πάντα ἔνι, καὶ τούτου σωζομένου πάντα σώζεται καὶ τούτου φθειρομένου πάντα διαφθείρεται: Shakespeare. King John, 3. 1, Pand.

All form is formless, order orderless, | Save what is opposite to England's love.
On the change of pronouns (ἥδε.. ταύτης), see Essay on Language § 22. p. 32. The article in τοὺς φίλους points the reference to ll. 182-183.

191. mvp-comment-118-1 τοιοίσδε νόμοισι By such principles as these. Cp. infr. 908, τίνος νόμου δὴ ταῦτα πρὸς χάριν λέγω;

192. mvp-comment-119-1 ἀδελφὰ τῶνδε i. e. In full accord with them. Cp. Plat. Rep. 4. 421 C, ἆρ᾽ οὖν .. καὶ τὸ τούτου ἀδελφὸν δύξω σοι μετρίως λέγειν; Lys. 2. 64, ἀδελφὰ τὰ βουλεύματα τοῖς ἔργοις : Ο. C. 1262, ἀδελφὰ . . τούτοισιν.

193. mvp-comment-120-1 τῶν ἀπ᾿ Οιδίπου For the pleo- 190 195 200 nastic use of the preposition, see above 150, 182, and notes.

195. mvp-comment-121-1 πάντ᾿ ἀριστεύσας δορί After proving himself in all ways the bravest in the war. For the aor., cp. Hdt. 9. 74, alib.

196. mvp-comment-122-1 τὰ πάντ᾽ ἐφαγνίσαι ‘Το add all sacred offerings.'

199. mvp-comment-123-1 θεοὺς τοὺς ἐγγενεῖς The gods of his race; i. e. Those honoured by the Cadmeans. The gods of the race also include the ancestors of the race. Infr. 938, θεοὶ προγενεῖς.

201. mvp-comment-124-1 πρῆσαι κατάκρας The city (γῆν = πόλιν) is thought of as the main object of the verb.

201. mvp-comment-124-2 ἠθέλησε δ' The correspondence of clauses (with μέν and δέ) is not perfect, the antithesis being due to afterthought.

201. mvp-comment-124-3 αἵματος .. πάσασθαι ‘Το repast him with blood of his own kin.' The expression suits the Epic colouring of the whole speech.

202. mvp-comment-125-1 τοὺς δέ The rest; i. e. Those not slain, as implied in the opposition το αἵματος κοινοῦ πάσασθαι. 203.

202. mvp-comment-125-2 ἐκκεκήρυκται Musgrave's correction has been generally adopted, lopted, and is probably right. The impersonal verb gives absoluteness to the expression. Wolff construes the inf. with λέγω in 198 (deleting the comma after τοῦδε), and Wecklein reads λέγω for τάφῳ. The slight corruption is probably due to a reminiscence of supr. 27.

205. mvp-comment-126-1 δέμας is accusative of limitation, and ἄθαπτον and ἐδεστόν are masculine. To leave him unburied, to have his flesh consumed by birds and dogs.

206. mvp-comment-127-1 αἰκισθέντ᾿ ἰδεῖν A spectacle of indignity. Lit. Outraged to behold. The infinitive is added after the participle, which is masculine.

207. mvp-comment-128-1 Cp. 176, ψυχήν τε καὶ φρόνημα καὶ γνώμην.

209-210. mvp-comment-129-1 θανών | καὶ ζῶν In death as well as in life. The first word is the more emphatic. Essay on Language p. 78.

211-212. mvp-comment-130-1 For the construction of the accusatives τὸν .. δύσνουν. . τὸν εὐμενῆ, after σοὶ ταῦτ᾽ ἀρέσκει as = οὕτω τάσσεις, or the like, cр. О. С. 1120, τέκν᾽ εἰ φανέντ᾽ ἄελπτα μηκύνω λόγον, and see Essay on Language § 16. p. 22. No emendation is necessary.

213. mvp-comment-131-1 παντί πού γ᾽ ἔνεστί σοι γε has been thought a useless insertion, and Dindorf reads πάντι που πάρεστί σοι. But δέ γε is not unsuitable to the connection, introducing the second premiss of an implied argument. The words of the chorus express the barest acquiescence in the will of the ruler. Cp. infr. 509, σοὶ δ᾽ ὑπίλλουσι στόμα. They hide their disapproval, and that is all. Cp. Richard III, 4. 2, 21, Buck. Your grace may do your pleasure.

215. mvp-comment-132-1 ὡς ἂν.. εἰρημένων Sc. οὕτω πράσσετε. The subjunctive with ὡς ἄν follows the implied imperative. Act, then, so as to see my words obeyed. Cp. Ο. Τ. 325, ὡς οὖν μηδ᾽ ἐγὼ ταὐτὸν πάθω : Plat. Phaedo 59 Ε, παραγγέλλουσιν, ὅπως ἂν τῇδε τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τελευτήσῃ. The ellipse is idiomatic. It is not to be supposed either that Creon hesitates, or that the elders interrupt him.

218. mvp-comment-133-1 τί.. ἔτι 'What means then this charge further given by you to another?' τοῦτο, cogn. acc. = σκοποὶ εἶναι τῶν εἰρημένων : τί, suppl. predic. = With what meaning?' To what effect? ἄλλῳ = to another than the appointed guards. ἄλλο gives a poorer sense, What then is this other thing which you enjoin besides?

220. mvp-comment-134-1 ὃς .. ἐρᾷ As to be in love with death. For the irregular correlative (οὕτω .. ὅς), see Essay on Language § 22. p. 36. There is a confusion of οὐκ ἔστιν ὃς ἐρᾷ and οὐκ ἔστιν οὕτω μῶρος ὥστε ἐρᾶν.

222. mvp-comment-135-1 The emphatic position of ἄνδρας at the beginning of the line shows that the word is intended to mark Creon's unconsciousness of the real source of danger. So infr. 1. 248. Cp. Aesch. Ag. 1110: O. T. 928, al. So ὑπ᾿ ἐλπίδων shows how incapable he is of divining the motive of Antigone.

223-330. mvp-comment-136-1 The half-comic or rustic character of the watchman in this play is an extension of the common character of the messenger, whose natural rudeness of speech and thought brings into greater prominence the horror or pathos of the events he describes. The grotesqueness disappears when he speaks of the action of Antigone in 407-440. The employment of this artifice by Sophocles arises from the same motive to which Shakespeare gave a far wider range in such creations as the gravediggers in Hamlet, and the rural fellow in Antony and Cleopatra. The Messenger in the Trachiniae, the Corinthian in the Oedipus Tyrannus, Menelaus in the Ajax, the pretended Shipmaster in the Philoctetes, afford the same sort of contrast to the more tragic personages: and the superstition of the Coloniatae may be compared with the cowardice of the Phrygian slave in the Orestes of Euripides.

223-330. mvp-comment-136-2 The vulgarity of the common-place Athenian of the fifth century в.с. takes the form of misplaced subtlety of wit. Cp. Shak. Hamlet, 5. 1 ,

We must speak by the card, or equivocation will undo us. The age is grown so picked, that the toe of the peasant comes so near the heel of the courtier, he galls his kibe.

223-224. mvp-comment-137-1 I am out of breath, but not with speed. It is not that I ran nimbly hither. Aristotle, Rhet. 3. 14. § 10, quotes 223 thus, Ἄναξ, ἐρῶ μὲν οὐχ ὅπως σπουδῆς ὕπο.., adding, as if from the reply of Creon, τί φροιμιάζῃ; But it is as unsafe to follow his authority in this line, as it would be to substitute τί φροιμιάζῃ for εὖ γε στοχάζει in l. 241. It is evident that he is quoting from memory: and, although it is curious that the Scholiast uses the same word in his explanation, οὐ τοῦτο λέγω, ὅτι μετὰ σπουδῆς ἀσθμαίνων πρὸς σὲ πορεύομαι, yet this does not amount to a proof that this is the right reading. σπουδῆς may be the word which would be more naturally used in prose, but it is less pointed than τάχους in this connection. κοῦφον ἐξάρας πόδα is added in explanation of τάχους ὕπο. ἐξάρας, having set forth from the point of departure, like αἴρειν στόλον.

225. mvp-comment-138-1 For I had many stoppages by reason of thoughts, i. e. My thoughts cried halt to me (ἐπέστησάν με) again and again. Cp. Αj. 869, κοὐδεὶς ἐφίσταταί με συμμαθεῖν τόπος. The genitive φροντίδων is part causal, My thoughts checked me,' and part final, I stopped to think.

226. mvp-comment-139-1 ὁδοῖς As I came. Essay on Language § 14. p. 20. Ср. О. С. 553, ὁδοῖς ἐν ταῖσδ᾽ ἀκούων. Hearing of you on your coming hither.

227. mvp-comment-140-1 This mockery of dialectic is curiously significant of the earlier stage of rhetoric.

229. mvp-comment-141-1 κεἰ has the authority of the oldest MS. The reading of Par. A, καὶ .. ἀνδρός, has a certain liveliness, but is perhaps too abrupt.

231. mvp-comment-142-1 τοιαῦθ᾽ ἑλίσσων Turning round and round such thoughts as these. Cp. Plat. Phil. 19 (of the boyish dialectician), πάντα κινεῖ λόγον ἄσμενος, τότε μὲν ἐπὶ θάτερα κυκλῶν καὶ συμφορῶν εἰς ἕν, τότε δὲ πάλιν ἀνειλίττων καὶ διαμερίζων.

231. mvp-comment-142-2 σπουδῇ βραδύς The reading of L, σχολῇ βραδύς, Slowly because I stopped, is not pointed enough, and it seems probable that an oxymoron is intended in this as in the following line. The correction adopted by the Scholiast, σχολῇ ταχύς, secures this in rather an awkward way. That of Seyffert, which is here adopted (for the collocation of words, cp. the proverb σπεῦδε βραδέως), appears far more probable.

234. mvp-comment-143-1 This line was well explained by Dindorf in 1860: Dicturus erat σοὶ φράσοντα, sed propter verba interposita, κεί τὸ μηδὲν ἐξερῶ, mutata orationis forma infert φράσω δ ὅμως cum δε particula, ut Oed. T. 302, πόλιν μέν, εἰ καὶ μὴ βλέπεις, φρονεῖς δ' ὅμως | οἷᾳ νόσῳ σύνεστιν.' Essay on Language § 35. p. 59.

234. mvp-comment-143-2 τὸ μηδέν ῾Α vain report,' because the doer of the deed was still unknown.

235. mvp-comment-144-1 τῆς has the emphatic force of an antecedent: This hope, that ... δεδραγμένος] This reading is implied in the second scholium on the passage, ἀντειλημμένος τῆς ἐλπίδος ἐλήλυθα, and appears in the text of E and V³. (whence Aldus had it), and as a marginal reading of Aug. b. and of V¹. Clinging fast by the hope, is a natural and forcible expression, well suited to the style of the Φύλαξ : whereas ἐλπίδος πεφραγμένος or πεφαργμένοs, whether in the sense of Shut out from hope,' or Fortified by the hope, is not really admissible.

236. mvp-comment-145-1 That I cannot suffer anything but what is fated for me. Cp. Aesch. S. c. Τ. 263, πείσομαι τὸ μόρσιμον.

238. mvp-comment-146-1 τὸ γάρ For the light ending, cp infr. 327, 409, Ο. Τ. 553-554. τὸ δὲ | πάθημ᾽ ὁποῖον φῇς παθεῖν δίδασκέ με, ib. 995-996, 1056-1057.

239. mvp-comment-147-1 ὅστις ἦν ὁ δρῶν i. e. τὸν δρῶντα, ὅστις ἦν, The unknown doer of the deed.

241-242. mvp-comment-148-1 (1) You aim carefully, and fence the business off from yourself all round. Some editors read τί φροιμιάζει; from Ar. Rhet. 3. 14, § 10, quoted above. But though the Scholiast of the Rhetoric says τὸ δὲ τί φροιμιάζῃ τοῦ Κρέοντός ἐστι λέγοντος, it is much more probable that the words are a separate quotation from Eur. I. T. 1162. See Cope's edition of Ar. Rhet. vol. 3. p. 175. Others explain the text (2), You lay the ground carefully and hedge your approaches closely round, as if in preparing a stance to watch for game. According to Pollux, 5, 36, στοχασμός, στοχάς, and στόχος, were terms used in describing the setting of a hunting-net: καλεῖται δ᾽ αὐτῶν (τῶν ἀρκύων) ἡ στάσις, στοιχισμός, στοίχος, στόχος, στοχὰς καὶ στοχασμός· στοχὰς δὲ καλεῖται καὶ χειροποιητά τινα οἰκοδομήματα ἐκ λίθων, ἢ ὕλης ὑπὲρ τὴν γῆν ἀναστήματα, κατὰ χρείαν τῆς τῶν δικτύων ἐξ ἴσου στάσεως, εἴ τι κοῖλον εἴη περὶ τὸ ἀρκύστατον.

243. mvp-comment-149-1 τὰ δεινὰ .. πολύν The reply, as often elsewhere, refers to the first part of the previous speech. Cp. O. Т. 361. The frigid tautology belongs to the character of the Φύλαξ.

244. mvp-comment-150-1 εἰτ᾿ ἀπαλλαχθεὶς ἄπει And be off with you. The Scholiast acutely remarks that these impatient words are intended to hold out the hope of impunity, which is withdrawn again in the angry threats of ll. 305, foll.

246. mvp-comment-151-1 Some one has buried the corpse and has disappeared, after not only sprinkling dry dust upon the flesh, but adding all due rites. This last refers to the libation. Cp. supr. 196-197: infr. 430-431. The surprise was increased by observing the completeness of the act. There is a stress on the participles. Essay on Language p. 75 β, 94, 4.

248. mvp-comment-152-1 τίς ἀνδρῶν Cp. supra 222, and note.

249. mvp-comment-153-1 οὔτε .. ἐκβολή No dint of pick-axe, nor earth turned up with hoe.'

250. mvp-comment-154-1 στύφλος .. καὶ χέρσος Hard and bare. χέρσος γῆ is untilled land, and so here, Undisturbed by implements of husbandry. Cp. infr. 773, 1197.

251. mvp-comment-155-1 ἀρρώξ .. τροχοῖσιν Unbroken, and with no mark of wheels. ἐπημαξευμένη τροχοῖσιν] Lit. Carted over with wheels.' Essay on Language p. 88, note.

252. mvp-comment-156-1 ἀλλ'.. ἦν But whoever did it was one who left no trace.

253. mvp-comment-157-1 ὁ πρῶτος .. ἡμεροσκόπος Our first look-out-man for the day. ἡμεροσκόπος in Xen. Hell. 1. 1. 2, is a watchman who stands at his post at daybreak. Cp. ἡμεροφύλαξ, ib. 7. 2. 6, 7. Antigone's act preceded the setting of this watch.

254. mvp-comment-158-1 θαῦμα δυσχερές Α sight of wonder and dismay.

255. mvp-comment-159-1 τυμβήρης.. κόνις Not covered with a mound, but sprinkled with dust as by one avoiding pollution. Hor. Od. 1. 28,

Debita jura vicesque superbae | Te maneant ipsum: precibus ibus non linquar inultis | Teque piacula nulla resolvent. | Quamquam festinas, non est mora longa, licebit | Injecto ter pulvere curras.
For the gen., cp. Tr. 768.

255. mvp-comment-159-2 τυμβήρης For this use of the adjective, see Essay on Language § 23. p. 38.

258. mvp-comment-160-1 οὐ σπάσαντος Cp. Aesch. Prom. 451, οὔτε.. δόμους.. οὐ ξυλουργίαν.

259. mvp-comment-161-1 ἐν ἀλλήλοισιν Sc. τοῖς φύλαξιν. Words of abuse were loudly bandied to and fro. Cp. Aesch. Prom. 200, στάσις δ᾽ ἐν ἀλλήλοισιν ὠροθύνετο, sc.

259. mvp-comment-161-2 τοῖς δαίμοσιν.

260. mvp-comment-162-1 φύλαξ ἐλέγχων φύλακα On the nominative out of construction in the clause in apposition, see Essay on Language § 33. p. 57. § 15. p. 21.

260. mvp-comment-162-2 κἂν ἐγίγνετο And it was threatening to come to blows at last. The combination of the imperfect with av here is peculiar, having a force intermediate between ἐγίγνετο and ἐγένετο ἄv; i. e. it was coming to this, that we should have come to blows.

262-263. mvp-comment-163-1 The subtlety of the Φύλαξ deserts him in attempting to express his meaning. The perpetrator was every one and no one of us all every one in vague suspicion, and no one evidently: he escaped being known.' τις gives the indefiniteness required by the sense, = πως.

263. mvp-comment-164-1 ἀλλ᾽ ἔφευγε *μὴ εἰδέναι (1) But he (the perpetrator) always escaped, so that we could not know him. Böckh and Donaldson read as in the text, interpreting (2) Every man' (πᾶς implied in οὐδείς, the affirmative elicited from the negative) defended himself by pleading ignorance of the matter. For φεύγειν, * to urge a defensive plea,' cp. Aesch. Suppl. 390, and for the plea, μὴ εἰδέναι, Plat. Legg. 11. 936 E. But the plea of ignorance, although suitable in l. 266, is too special for this place, wherethe non-appearance of the criminal alone is in question. The meaning given above (1) is the same as that required by Hermann (see below), but is more simply expressed by the epexegesis, and the imperfect tense expresses the frustration of continued search. This interpretation involves a rare use of φεύγω, which is, however, analogous to a meaning of ἐκφεύγω that is not uncommon. Cp. Ο. Τ. 111, ἐκφεύγει δὲ τἀμελούμενον : Plat. Phil. 17, τὰ δὲ μέσα αὐτοὺς ἐκφεύγει. Other emendations are ἔφυγε τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι (Porson), explained by Erfurdt to mean amoliens a se accusationem scire sese negaverat ; ἔφυγε τῷ μὴ εἰδέναι (Herm. 1839), effugit, eo quod nesciebamus; ἔφευγε πᾶς τὸ μή, every man pled Not guilty. (Dind.). 264-265. There are few traces of anything corresponding to the trial by ordeal in ancient times. Brunck quotes Virg. Aen. 11. 787,

Et medium freti pietate per ignem | Cultores multa premimus vestigia prima.
It seems to have existed in different places as a popular belief, but nowhere to have received positive legal sanction. For a trace of trial by combat' (in Scythia), see Hdt. 4. 180. Cp. also Ar. Lys. 133.

269. mvp-comment-165-1

His verbis et sequentibus significatur terror quem Creontis auctoritas custodibus incutit.
(Dind.).

269. mvp-comment-165-2 λέγει, κ.τ.λ. The sense is interrupted by the relative clause, but resumed in the words ἦν δ᾽ ὁ μῦθος in l. 272. For τις εἷς, cp. Thuc. 6. 61, καί τινα μίαν νύκτα, κ.τ.λ. The emphatic use of little words shows the common mind; cp. infr. 404, ὃν σὺ τὸν νέκυν, κ.τ.λ. Wolff and Weckl. join els with what follows: but the antithesis of eἷς πάντας is too pointless here. Cp. Plat. Rep. 6. 496 D, εἰς πᾶσιν ἀγρίοις ἀντέχειν.

274-275. mvp-comment-166-1 κἀμὲ.. λαβεῖν And the lot devotes me, wretched man, to be the recipient of this piece of luck. καθαιρεῖ is used much as in ἡ καθαιροῦσα ψῆφος, not by an extension of the technical sense, but with the same general mean- ing of Fastening upon, Bringing down, Overtaking and subduing.

279. mvp-comment-167-1 *1 This is Nauck's emendation for ἡ. It involves a very slight change, and is extremely probable. Reflection suggests the fear that' (not 'the question whether') this may be some visitation from the gods. The conscience of the elders, which was stifled at first, begins to awaken in the presence of the mysterious fact. For the pause after the 2nd iambus, here and supr. 269, cp. Aj. 340, 342, 719, 791, 803, 988, 1050, 1077, 1140, 1332.

280. mvp-comment-168-1 Cease, ere you have quite filled me with wrath. καί, which is combined with πρίν, according to the common idiom (πρὶν καὶ..), is slightly displaced so as to emphasize the phrase ἐμὲ μεστῶσαι. The language is made clearer by the emendation καί με, but the emphatic ἐμέ is more suitable in the mouth of Creon. Cp. Phil. 1042.

281. mvp-comment-169-1 ἄνους τε καὶ γέρων Cp. О. С. 930-931, καί σ᾽ ὁ πληθύων χρόνος | γέρονθ' ὁμοῦ τίθησι καὶ τοῦ νοῦ κενόν. See Essay on Language § 41. p. 78. 285-286. Who came to burn their pillared shrines and offerings, and to break in pieces their land and laws. It seems more likely that the ἀναθήματα are joined in one expression with ναούς than with γῆν and νόμους, which are in a different category.

289-290. mvp-comment-170-1 ἀλλὰ ταῦτα.. ἐμοί But this explains the murmurs I have long been hearing from men in the city against me;' i. e. Those murmurs have become explicit in this act. Οη ταῦτα, see Essay on Language § 17. p. 25; and for the dative ἐμοί, at me, ib. § 12. p. 18. μόλις φέροντες, which some have connected with ταῦτα (ταῦτα μόλις φέροντες, 'Bearing my edict ill'), seems to be used absolutely, sc. τὸ ἐμὸν ζυγόν, with an allusion to the metaphor in what follows. Cp. Thuc. 5. 80, θυμῷ ἔφερον, sc. τὸν πόλεμον ἢ τὰ πράγματα.

291. mvp-comment-171-1 'Covertly shaking the head,' like an animal preparing to throw off the yoke.

292. mvp-comment-172-1 δικαίως Rightly; i. e. As I had a right to expect that they should.

292. mvp-comment-172-2 ὡς στέργειν ἐμέ So as to accept my sway. To this it has been objected that στέργω implies affectionate allegiance. But this notion, although inherent in the etymology of the word, is dropped in use. Cp. Phil. 538, ἐγὼ δ' ἀνάγκῃ προὔμαθον στέργειν κακά : Aesch. Prom. 11, τὴν Δίος τυραννίδα | στέργειν. What hope was there that Prometheus would be made loyal by loyal torments? The other interpretation, So that I should be content (cp. Phil. 458, τούτους ἐγὼ τοὺς ἄνδρας οὐ στέρξω ποτέ), would give but feeble expression to the self-will of Creon. The substitution for these words of εὐλόφως φέρειν from the citation of Eustathius, with the further change of νῶτον for λόφον, is rightly rejected by Dind., who points out that Eustathius, probably quoting from memory, has confused this passage with one of Lycophron.

293. mvp-comment-173-1 ἐκ τῶνδε By these malcontents. Supr. 290.

293. mvp-comment-173-2 τούτους (1) These guards. Infr. ll. 304 ff., supr. 260 ff.: or (2) simply τοὺς εἰργασμένους. The whole of this picture of discontent is the creation of Creon's anger from the hesitation of the chorus when told to see to the execution of the decree. Supr. 215 ff.

294. mvp-comment-174-1 There is a stress on μισθοῖσιν, preparing for what follows.

296. mvp-comment-175-1 νόμισμα, usually = Current coin, is here used in the more general sense which includes this. No such pestilent usance as money is, ever sprang up amongst mankind.

298. mvp-comment-176-1 The object of ἐκδιδάσκει, SC.

298. mvp-comment-176-2 χρηστοὺς αἰσχρά, is absorbed in the expansion of the sentence.

299. mvp-comment-177-1 πρὸς .. ἵστασθαι Το address themselves to shameful enterprizes.' Cp. Thuc. 6. 34. § 7, τῶν δ᾽ ἀνθρώπων πρὸς τὰ λεγόμενα καὶ αἱ γνῶμαι ἵστανται.

300. mvp-comment-178-1 πανουργίας The plural of the abstract noun gives the concrete notion.

300. mvp-comment-178-2 πανουργίας ἔχειν, like θήραν ἔχειν, Αj. 564: ὕβριν ἔχειν, Od. 1. 368, etc.

301. mvp-comment-179-1 παντὸς ἔργου δυσσέβειαν The impiety of every deed; i. e. Every kind of impiety in action. Cp. O.T. 864-865, εὔσεπτον ἁγνείαν λόγων | ἔργων τε πάντων.

303. mvp-comment-180-1 He implies, This cannot be their first act of disloyalty.' The unity of time is not to be pressed in the Antigone: see below, 11. 1064 ff. Else this suspicion of inveterate disaffection, against one who has reigned only for a few hours, would be too extravagant. The elders were selected for their loyalty. supr. 165 ff.

308-311. mvp-comment-181-1 οὐχ ὑμὶν ῞Αιδης.. ἁρπάζητε] Death shall not alone suffice for you, but first you shall be hung up alive to show the heinousness of this offence, that for the future, in your wrongful gettings, you may know better where to look for gain. See Essay on Language § 37. p. 64. There is a confusion of two constructions: (1) οὐχ ὑμὶν ῞Αιδης ἀρκέσει, τo which μοῦνος is added for emphasis, i. e. οὐ θανεῖσθε μόνον: and (2) οὐ θανεῖσθε πρίν, κ.τ.λ. Cp. 1064 ff., and see Aj. 106 ff., θανεῖν γὰρ αὐτὸν οὐτί πω θέλω, κ.τ.λ. The Φύλαξ is to take this message to his fellows.

313-314. mvp-comment-182-1 The sentence is redundant, either the article or ἢ σεσωσμένους being unnecessary. Weckl. reads σεσωμένους. For the article, cp. Eur. Phoen. 606, τοῦ μέρους ἔχων τὸ πλεῖον,

315. mvp-comment-183-1 εἰπεῖν τι δέ (v. rr.) is unmeaning. τι as in θέλεις τι μεῖζον, infr. 497.

316. mvp-comment-184-1 καὶ νῦν with λέγεις.

317. mvp-comment-185-1 δάκνει; (1) Act. impersonal. Is the smart in your ears or in your mind? Cp Hdt. 7. 16. Or (2) 2nd pers. pass. Are you stung? (2) agrees better with τὴν ἐμὴν λ. in the following line.

318. mvp-comment-186-1 τί δαί; though not found elsewhere in Sophocles or Aeschylus, may be admitted on the authority uthority of of the MS, where it is so obviously in keeping. Cp. ὦ τἂν in Ο. Τ. 1145, Phil. 1387.

318. mvp-comment-186-2 ῥυθμίζεις .. ὅπου; Do you scan the whereabouts of my annoyance?

320. mvp-comment-187-1 λάλημα The reading is doubtful between ἄλημα, A clever rogue, and λάλημα, Α prating fellow. ἄλημα is better known, and was read by the Scholiast, but λάλημα is sufficiently supported by Eur. Andromache 937, τούσδε Σειρήνων λόγους, | σοφῶν, πανούργων, ποικίλων λαλημάτων. And this word τίνεσθαι. fits more closely to the context of the present passage. 'Fie, tis too clear you are a born chatterbox. Then it is clear that I never did this deed. 323. What a pity that one who is opinionated should have a false opinion. For the subjunctive δοκῇ, cp. О. Т. 316, 317.

324. mvp-comment-188-1 κόμψευε . . δόξαν 'Ay do, refine now on the word "opinion."" This does not seem to be one of the cases where viv with the imperative mood should be changed to vuv, as there is a sufficient reason for the emphatic particle.

325. mvp-comment-189-1 ἐξερεῖτε You shall tell the world. Cp. Pind. Pyth. 2. 22, Ιξίονα φαντὶ ταῦτα βροτοῖς λέγειν ἐν πτερόεντι τροχῷ .. τὸν εὐεργέταν ἀγαναῖς ἀμοιβαῖς 332 ff. The chorus, in their first stasimon, express, in a veiled manner, their emotions at what has occurred. Not being able to say what they really think, that Creon's rash edict has already recoiled on his own family, they descant on the wonderful range of human enterprize, adding that where boldness and resource are combined with justice, they confer glory, but only bring ruin where they are subservient to wrong. The elders do not decide who in the present instance is the transgressor. The ode consists of two strophes and antistrophes, in which glyconic rhythms are mixed with lyrical dactyls, iambi, and trochees, in different proportions, the scheme being as follows:- ICC CC CI CICIC α'. } Iamb. Dact. Troch. Glycon. The two long syllables at the beginning of l. 8 of a form the transition from the dactyls to the trochees. There is a sensible change to a lighter and less simple movement at the beginning of β'. The resolved trochees in B' 5 mark a climax of feeling.

332-383. mvp-comment-190-1 Most wonderful of wondrous things is man, Who traverses the surging brine, And wearies mighty earth with yearly furrow. His craft ensnares the finny produce of the seas And taketh captive beast and bird. He compasseth a way to master the monster of the wilds, And brings under his yoke the horse with flowing mane And the never-wearied mountain bull. Selftaught in speech and thought and civil ways, And in providing shelter from the cold and rain, There is no end to his devices. Nothing but death ever finds him unprepared. Even diseases, not to be avoided, are escaped by him. Inventive beyond hope, he moveth now to evil, and again to good. When weaving with his wit the law of justice and piety He is exalted in the city, but outcast when he harbours wickedness for deeds of crime. May I never live with such an one, and may he never share my counsels. 332. Aesch. Cho. 585, πολλὰ μὲν γὰ τρέφει δεινὰ δειμάτων ἄχη,.. ἀλλ᾽ ὑπέρτολμον ἀνδρὸς φρόνημα τίς λέγοι; Troch. Iamb. Troch.

332-383. mvp-comment-190-2 δεινά = ' wonderful,' or mighty, is in transition from the earlier sense of fearful to the later sense of clever. Cp.

332-383. mvp-comment-190-3 ὀλοόφρων.

334. mvp-comment-191-1 τοῦτο This creature, man. The neuter continues the abstract notion from οὐδὲν .. δεινότερον, and is thus more impressive than the masculine would have been.

334. mvp-comment-191-2 πέραν Το the other side of.' Quite over. For the alliteration, which assists the emphasis, cp. El. 210.

335. mvp-comment-192-1 χειμερίῳ νότῳ Impelled by the stormy south-wind. Dative of cause. Essay on Language § 14. p. 21. 335-336. Traversing half-buried in the seething surge. For ὑπό with the dative in this sense, cp. О. С. 673, χλωραῖς ὑπὸ βάσσαις. Essay on Language § 19. p. 27.

336. mvp-comment-193-1 περιβρύχιος is probably active = Surging round, and contains an allusion to βρύχω, for which, cp. Aesch. Prom. 1082, βρυχία δ᾽ ἠχὼ παραμυκᾶται βροντής.

338. mvp-comment-194-1 ὑπερτάταν Supreme, as eldest and mother ofall. Solon, Fr. 36. 3, μεγίστη δαιμόνων Ὀλυμπίων | Γῆ. Cр. О. Т. 660, where the primacy for the occasion is similarly given to the sun. Schneidewin remarks that the assonance ἄφθιτον, ἀκαμάταν ἀποτρύεται, .. ἀρότρων helps to express the persistent industry of man. This ode is full of assonance and alliteration, and of correspondences such as ἀνεμόεν, μαχανόεν-παντόπορος, ἄπορος -ὑψίπολις, ἄπολις.

339. mvp-comment-195-1 ἀποτρύεται Wears out for his use (mid.) the still-unwearied Earth. The present implies that the process is never-ending. Even in the common operations of husbandry the old religion finds a ground for awe. The dactyls suit the thought of the continuous round of human labour, as those of the antistrophe express the movement of the steed. The two long syllables, ἱππει-, οὐρει-, at once check the flow of rhythm (as with a renewed feeling of wonder), and by their weight give impetus to the concluding trochees. Cp. Eur. Phoen. 1039-1040, 1063.4.

340. mvp-comment-196-1 ἰλλομένων ἀρότρων As the ploughs keep turning year after year. The force of ἴλλω is limited motion. Thus the shuttle might be said ἴλλεσθαι, because when it reaches either end of the loom it is driven back again. Precisely in the same way the ploughs are said ἴλλεσθαι, “To keep moving to and fro within certain bounds.' ἔτος εἰς ἔτος] i. e. δι' ἔτους εἰς ἔτος, "Through one year into the next,' the first ἔτος being the accusative of duration.

340. mvp-comment-196-2 ἱππείῳ γένει πολεύων Breaking the glebe by the strength of mules. πολεύειν = πολεῖν in Hes. Op. 460, ἔαρι πολεῖν· θέρεος δὲ νεωμένη οὔ σ᾽ ἀπατή- The masc. is more probable than the neuter, both because τοῦτο is re- σει. mote, and because ἀνήρ follows in the antistrophe.

340. mvp-comment-196-3 ἱππείῳ γένει i. e. Prole equarum. Schol. ταῖς ἡμιόνοις.

αἱ γάρ τε βοῶν προφερέστεραί εἰσιν ἐλκέμεναι νείοιο βαθείης πηκτὸν ἄροτρον.
Hom. Il. 10.352. Donaldson also compares Simon. Fr. 13 (Bergk.), χαίρετ' ἀελλοπόδων θύγατρες ἵππων.

343. mvp-comment-197-1 *κουφονόων Light-thoughted. This is Brunck's certain emendation, anticipated by the corrector of R. (Cp. v. rr. on l. 617.) Donaldson well says that as wings express the light-mindedness of light-mindedness is here made an epithet of the winged birds. But the word may further suggest the unsuspicious nature ('Despising the earth where cares abound') which makes them an easy prey. Cp. Plat. Tim. 91 D, τὸ δὲ τῶν ὀρνέων φῦλον . . ἐκ τῶν ἀκάκων ἀνδρῶν, κούφων δέ, κ.τ.λ.

345. mvp-comment-198-1 πόντου τ᾽ εἰναλίαν φύσιν The brood of ocean teeming in the seas. For φύσιν, see Essay on Language § 51. p. 96.

346. mvp-comment-199-1 σπείραισι δικτυοκλώστοις With meshy toils,' is to be joined with ἀμφιβαλὼν ἄγει. Nets (δίκτυα) were used in hunting and fowling, as well as in fishing. For ἄγειν in the sense of making captive, cp. Il. 9. 594, τέκνα δέ τ᾽ ἄλλοι ἄγουσι βαθυζώνους τε γυναῖκας.

346. mvp-comment-199-2 ἄγει suits well with the image of a captive enemy, which is kept up in the words φύλον and ἔθνη.

348. mvp-comment-200-1 περιφραδής By his excellent wit. The 1st strophe exhibits the boldness, the Ist antistrophe the cunning, of primitive man. The 2nd strophe and antistrophe describe the higher functions of civilized life. 349 ff. He not only subdues the animals, but makes them his servants.' In correcting this line, the dactylic metre is to be retained, which is hardly done in the conjj. ἀμφιλόφῳ ζυγῷ or ἀμφὶ λόφον ζυγοῖ. The words ἀμφίλοφον ζυγόν are sound both in meaning and rhythm. Brunck's conj. ὑπάξεται, supplying the preposition required by the Scholia, would be unexceptionable, if such a potential use of the future in an affirmative sentence could be defended. Blaydes' ὑπήγαγεν would be convincing if closer to the MSS. In favour of ἐπάξεται it may be urged that the repetition of the same word is in the manner of the ode, and that the figurative expression, he shall bring to his aid,' agrees with ἄγει, supr. 343. But besides the questionable future, the construction of the 2nd accus., sc. ἐπ᾿ ἀμφ. ζυγόν, is in this case dubious. ὑφέλκεται. . ζυγόν, compels to serve him in the yoke, may be suggested, although the verb ὑφέλκειν is not used elsewhere precisely in the sense required. Else qy. ἐφέλκεται?

352. mvp-comment-201-1 ἀκμῆτα is preferable to ἀδμῆτα, as the rarer word and as introducing a new and apposite idea. 353 ff. There is a natural progress in the thought. First, navigation and agriculture were mentioned as the arts of subduing the crude forces of nature; then the capture and domestication of animals. Now we come to the humanities and arts of life (the domestication of man himself), and lastly, in ἀντ. β', to moral or political good and evil.

354. mvp-comment-202-1 ἀνεμόεν φρόνημα Windswift thought; i. e. Thought which is viewless, free and nimble as the wind. Sophocles knew that the soul had been identified with the air. Cp. Plat. Phaedo, 96 Β, πότερον τὸ αἷμά ἐστιν ᾧ φρονοῦμεν, ἢ ὁ ἀήρ. ἢ τὸ πῦρ, κ.τ.λ. Schneidewin well compares Hom. Il. 15. 80, foll., ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἂν ἀΐξῃ νόος ἀνέρος, ὅς τ᾽ ἐπὶ πολλὴν | γαῖαν ἐληλουθὼς φρεσὶ πευκαλίμῃσι νοήσῃ | · ἔνθ εἴην ἢ ἔνθα, μενοινήπολλὰ | ὡς κραιπνῶς μεμανία διέπτατο πότνια Ἥρη. Wieseler's conj.

354. mvp-comment-202-2 κατ᾿ ἀν. φρ., adopted by Wolff, is surely unnecessary. Why should not man teach himself to think as well as to count? (See Plat. Rep. 7, p. 522.)

355-356. mvp-comment-203-1 ἀστυνόμους | ὀργάς is well explained by Seyffert, Urbium incolendarum studia. The disposition to inhabit cities. This seems more probable than The tempers of civic life. ἀστυνόμος ὀργή is the social impulse which draws men together to become inhabitants of the same town. comparison of Ar. Pol. 6. 8. 4, (ἑτέρα δ᾽ ἐπιμέλεια ταύτης ἐχομένη καὶ σύνεγγυς ἡ τῶν περὶ τὸ ἄστυ δημοσίων καὶ ἰδίων, ὅπως εὐκοσμία ῃ, καὶ τῶν πιπτόντων οἰκοδομημάτων καὶ ὁδῶν σωτηρία καὶ διόρθωσις, καὶ τῶν ὁρίων τῶν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ὅπως ἀνεγκλήτως ἔχωσι, καὶ ὅσα τούτοις ἄλλα τῆς ἐπιμελείας ὁμοιότροπα, καλοῦσι δ' ἀστυνομίαν οἱ πλεῖστοι τὴν τοιαύτην ἀρχήν), suggests the conjecture ἀστυνόμους ἀρχάς (already made by Valckenaer), Administrative rule. V reads ὁρμάς, ср. О. Т. 337. Qy. ἀρετάς? Ср. 366. 355, foll. And to avoid the cleareyed influence of comfortless frosts, and the pelting of the pitiless rain.' διαίθρεια, sc. βέλη.

356. mvp-comment-204-1 ἐδιδάξατο He taught himself. For the directly reflexive middle, see Essay on Language § 31. p. 52. The origin of the arts was a favourite problem of the Sophists. Cp. Plato, Prot. 320 D, foll. It is here assumed that they were selftaught without Prometheus or other superhuman aid.

357. mvp-comment-205-1 Musgr. would read either διαίθρεια, or αἴθρεια with φρουρῶν for παρειρῶν in l. 367. G. Wolff reads αἴθρεια and πληρῶν. But the repetition of in ll. 3, 4, and 6 suits the composition of the strophe better than the introduction of the bacchius and cretic in l. 3. διαίθρεια, serene, while keeping up the alliteration, suits the context better than ὑπαίθρεια or ἐναίθρεια, in the open air. Join *διαίθρεια βέλη as well as δύσομβρα βέλη.

360. mvp-comment-206-1 παντοπόρος· ἄπορος This punctuation is justified by the corresponding line of the antistrophe, which cannot be pointed otherwise. παντοπόρος, sc. ὤν, is added, like περιφραδής ἀνήρ, supr. 347, to express the admiration excited by the preceding statements.

360-361. mvp-comment-207-1 οὐδὲν . . τὸ μέλλον] Cp. l. 728, μηδὲν τὸ μὴ δίκαιον. Essay on Language § 22. p. 36.

362. mvp-comment-208-1 οὐκ ἐπάξεται He shall not win. For a similar metaphorical use of ἐπάγεσθαι, where, however, the reading has also been questioned, cp. Thuc. 3.10, τὴν τῶν ξυμμάχων δούλωσιν ἐπαγομένους.

364. mvp-comment-209-1 νόσων δ᾽ ἀμηχάνων φυγὰς | ξυμπέφρασται He hath gathered to him by his thought a remedy for many an unavoidable disease. ξυμ- marks that the healing art is a collective monument of human skill. πέφρασται recalls the notion of περιφραδής, supr. 347. For the oxymoron, cp. supr. 340, ἀκαμάταν ἀποτρύεται.

365-366. mvp-comment-210-1 His power of artful contrivance is a miracle of unimaginable skill, wherewith he followeth one while an evil purpose, at other times a good one.' τέχνας is added as genitive of respect to complete the notion of τὸ μηχανόεν. ὑπὲρ ἐλπίδα, beyond what could have been hoped for, or expected before the event. τι marks the indefiniteness of σοφόν as the predicate. It is in agreement with σοφόν, but has the effect of a particle or adverb (πως).

366. mvp-comment-211-1 κακόν, . . ἐπ᾿ ἐσθλόν Cp. О. Т. 761, ἀγρούς σφε πέμψαι κἀπὶ ποιμνίων νομάς.

367. mvp-comment-212-1 νόμους παρείρων χθονός When he knits therewith, sc. τῷ μηχανόεντι τῆς τέχνης καὶ σοφῷ, the laws of his land and the oath-observing righteousness of heaven. It is objected to παρείρων that it elsewhere means Inserting incidentally, or by the way, and that such a meaning is unsuitable here. But, as Seyffert has already shown, the word (which is a rare one) may quite well mean Weaving in,' like gold-leaf, for instance, into a chaplet of flowers. Cp. Plat. Legg. 605 D, καὶ τὸν τοῦ Κύρου δασμὸν ὃν ὑπέσχετο Πέρσαις εἰς τὸν νόμον ἐνέδει. Conjectural emendations are γεραίρων, περαίνων, γὰρ αἴρων, τ᾿ ἀείρων, πληρῶν (see v. rr., and note on 357).

370. mvp-comment-213-1 ὑψίπολις For this compound, cp. ἡδύπολις, ὀρθόπολις, μεγιστόπολις, δικαιόπολις. The construction is elliptical, sc. ὑψίπολις ὧν or ἐστί.

370. mvp-comment-213-2 ἄπολις . . χάριν] He is outcast from the state, who harbours evil for the indulgence of crime. Cp. supr. l. 30, πρὸς χάριν βορâs: Plat. Phaedr. 241, χάριν πλησμονῆς. This is better than joining τόλμας χάριν with ἄπολις = He is an outcast for his boldness.

375. mvp-comment-214-1 ἴσον φρονῶν i. e. Of the same party in the state. For the expression, cp. Il. 15.50, ἶσον ἐμοὶ φρονέουσα.

376-378. mvp-comment-215-1 ἐς δαιμόνιον τέρας .. Ἀντιγόνην] I stand in doubt at this strange marvel, how to gainsay what I know, and say that this is not the maid Antigone. The resumption is suitable to the chorus' perturbed state of feeling. Seyffert's ἐς δαιμόνιον τέρας ἀμφινοῶν τότε, referring to the previous scene (1. 278), is without the directness and simplicity of these short anapaestic passages, in which the chorus announce the entrance of a new person on the stage. Cp. 526 ff., 626 ff.

378. mvp-comment-216-1 οὐκ εἶναι, not μὴ εἶναι, because the entrance of Antigone is a patent fact.

382. mvp-comment-217-1 *ἀπάγουσι Sc. εἰς κρίσιν.

385. mvp-comment-218-1 εἵλομεν The v. r. εἴδομεν is supported by infr. 404, 406, 423, and εἴλομεν, the reading of L, etc., may have been occasioned by καθελόντες in the nearer context. But see v. rr. on 655.

386. mvp-comment-219-1 ἐς δέον Cp. Ο. Τ. 1416, εἰς δέον πάρεστι. εἰς μέσον, which Seyffert has restored from L, although having the authority of the chief MS, is more like a MS. conjecture than eἰς δέον. The same may be said of ἐξέβην, as compared with προὔβην. Seyffert reads ξύμμετρ᾽ ἐξέβην τύχῃ.

388. mvp-comment-220-1 οὐδέν ἐστ᾿ ἀπώμοτον This γνώμη first occurs in the fragment of Archilochus about the eclipse (76 Bergk), χρημάτων ἄελπτον οὐδέν ἐστιν οὐδ᾽ ἀπώμοτον. Cp. Pind. Ol. 13. 83, παρ' ὅρκον καὶ παρ' ἐλπίδα κούφαν.

389. mvp-comment-221-1 ψεύδει .. γνώμην 'For second thoughts bely one's resolutions.' ου 390. ἄv belongs grammatically to the verb ἐξηύχουν, but in meaning rather modifies the infinitive.

391. mvp-comment-222-1 ταῖς .. τότε When my soul was shaken with the tempest of your former threatenings.᾿ ἀπειλαῖς is dative of the occasion or accompaniment, assisted by attraction. Essay on Language § 11. p. 18, с. Ср. 1. 691.

392. mvp-comment-223-1 ἐκτὸς καὶ παρ᾿ ἐλπίδας i. e.

392. mvp-comment-223-2 ἐκτὸς ἐλπίδος (supr. 1. 330) καὶ παρ᾿ ἐλπίδας.

393. mvp-comment-224-1 ἔοικεν.. μήκος οὐδέν Sc. οὐδὲν ἔοικε μήκος, i. e. εἰς τὸ μέγεθος, as the Scholiast says.

395. mvp-comment-225-1 καθευρέθη is not to be rejected because of the rarity of the compound. See Essay on Language p. 90. But the conjecture of Nauck, καθῃρέθη, is favoured by καθελόντες in l. 383.

398. mvp-comment-226-1 ὡς θέλεις In arresting Antigone the watchman has done not his own will but Creon's. Infr. 438. 399,

400. mvp-comment-227-1 ἐγὼ δ'. κακῶν But I have a full right to be "away and clear" from this bad business.

401. mvp-comment-228-1 This maiden! where, and how, did you arrest her?' The emphatic order of words expresses the profound astonishment of Creon. Essay on Language § 41. p. 77.

403. mvp-comment-229-1 λέγεις ὀρθῶς Do you say it with a clear mind? i. e. Have you your wits when you say this? CСр. О. Т. 528, ἐξ ὀμμάτων δ᾽ ὀρθῶν τε καὶ ὀρθῆς φρενός | κατηγορεῖτο τοὐπίκλημα τοῦτό μου;

404. mvp-comment-230-1 ὃν σὺ τόν The collocation of antecedent and relative is peculiar, and perhaps characteristic of the rustic emphasis of the Φύλαξ. See notes on supr. 238, 269, and cp. infr. 409.

406. mvp-comment-231-1 And how was she discovered, caught, and taken ?"

407. mvp-comment-232-1 τοιοῦτον (1) As you say: she was seen (1. 423), surprised (1.432), and caught (1.433). Or (2) As follows,' = τοιόνδε.

409-410. mvp-comment-233-1 τὸν | νέκυν Α remarkable instance of synapheia. Cp. 1. 238. Essay on Language § 21. p. 33. Supr. 238.

410. mvp-comment-234-1 μυδῶν Dank: referring rather to the state of the corpse (cp. 412) than to the remains of the libation, which would be soon dried by the sun.

410. mvp-comment-234-2 εὐ Carefully. For the order, see Essay on Language p. 78, and cp. О. Т. 308, μαθόντες εὖ.

411. mvp-comment-235-1 We sat just below the top of the rising ground, in the lee of the wind, so escaping the incidence of the odour from the dead. Supposing the corpse to be exposed on a slope of the high ground, surrounded by hillocks, they would select a point of observation on the lee-side of one of these hillocks, and to the windward of the corpse, which they would have full in view.

411. mvp-comment-235-2 ἐκ = On this side of and looking from. Essay on Language § 19. p. 27. Infr. 1110, εἰς ἐπόψιον τόπον : 1197, πεδίον ἐπ᾿ ἄκρον. πικρᾶς] ι in erasure of v? by recent hand Vat.

412. mvp-comment-236-1 This line is not necessarily connected with the preceding: i.e. They may be supposed to select a spot, (1) out of the wind, (2) out of the way of the smell. But the explanation above given (411 note) is more probable. In either case the point is that in attending to their watch they were mightily careful of their own comfort.

412. mvp-comment-236-2 βάλῃ Changed by Stephanusto βάλοι, because of the past time and the optative following. But the subj. is more vivid.

413-414. mvp-comment-237-1 Rousing each his fellow with noisy altercation, reviling him who should take this labour easily. εἴ τις, κ.τ.λ. depends on the verbal notion implied in κακοῖσιν = κακῶς λέγοντες.

413-414. mvp-comment-237-2 ἀφειδεῖν, ‘Το be unsparing, and so To be negligent, To treat lightly, To act without circumspection. For an approach to this meaning, cp. Thuc. 4.26 § 7. Bonitz conj. ἀκηδήσοι.

415-417. mvp-comment-238-1 This lasted till the sun had reached his station in mid-sky with unclouded splendour, and the heat was glowing.' Cp. the Homeric ὄφρα μὲν ἠέλιος μέσον οὐρανὸν ἀμφιβεβήκει.

417. mvp-comment-239-1 When suddenly from the earth the Storm-god raised a squall, that saddened all the sky, and filled the plain, tearing the tresses of the orchard groves, and the wide heaven was choked withal.' The chief discomfort of such a visitation would be the cloud of dust, forcing men to close their eyes, and wrapping even near objects from sight. The watchman is explaining why they lost sight of the corpse. The poet also provides a motive for the act by which Antigone is betrayed. She fears that the corpse, lying in an exposed situation, may have been disturbed by the violence of the wind.

418. mvp-comment-240-1 οὐράνιον ἄχος may mean either (1) A trouble from the sky, or (2) A trouble reaching to the sky. The latter is best, as the word χθονός indicates that the whirlwind seemed to rise out of the ground.

420. mvp-comment-241-1 ἐν δ' See Essay on Language p. 26. § 18, a.

421. mvp-comment-242-1 μύσαντες .. νόσον Closing lips and eyes, we endured the Divine visitation.

422. mvp-comment-243-1 ἐν χρόνῳ μακρῷ After lasting a long while: giving time for Antigone to come out of her concealment, with the libation ready. 423, foll. κἀνακωκύει] ‘And raises a shrill wailing cry, like the voice of the despairing bird. For the descriptive genitive, see Essay on Language § 9. p. 12.

422. mvp-comment-243-2 πικρᾶς Embittered, 'Full of bitterness: the quality of the object is transferred to the subject: i.e. πικρᾶς, ἅτε πασχούσης πικρά. Also the bitterness of anger is joined to that of grief. Cp. the Latin dolor. For the genitive, cp. Trach. 768, ὥστε τέκτονοs. And for the omission of ὡs, which is supplied in the following clause, cp. supr. 114, λευκῆς χιόνος πτέρυγι στεγανός. G. Wolff reads ὅ. δ. φθόγγον ὥς, ὅταν κ. But this yields a less probable rhythm.

424-425. mvp-comment-244-1 As when it sees robbed of its young ones the desolated couch of its nest. For the pleonasm, see Essay on Language § 40. p. 75.

426. mvp-comment-245-1 οὕτω δέ The apodosis is resumed, as so often happens after a comparison. Essay on Language p. 75. Cp. Aesch. Cho. 252.

427. mvp-comment-246-1 γόοισιν Essay on Language p. 75.

427. mvp-comment-246-2 ἐκ δ᾽.. ἠρᾶτο Essay on Language § 18. p. 27.

430. mvp-comment-247-1 ἄρδην.. στέφει Slightly condensed from ἄρδην ἔχουσα στέφει. στέφει, She decorates, Honours. Metaphorical, as in Od. 8. 170, ἀλλὰ θεὸς μορφὴν ἔπεσι στέφει. Cp. καταστέφειν in Eur. Phoen. 1632, and Sophron ap. Athen. 479 B. She leaves out no jot of the ceremony: ὡς οὐδὲν ὑφιεμένη τῷ κρηύγματι.

431. mvp-comment-248-1 Od. 11. 26, ἀμφ᾿ αὐτῷ δὲ χοὰς χέομεν πᾶσιν νεκύεσσι, | πρῶτα μελικρήτῳ, μετέπειτα δὲ ἡδέϊ οἴνῳ, | τὸ τρίτον αὐθ᾽ ὕδατι.

432. mvp-comment-249-1 σὺν δέ νιν | θηρώμεθ' For this tmesis, see Essay on Language § 18. p. 26. συν as in συλλαμβάνω.

435. mvp-comment-250-1 Cp. Hdt. 3. 66, ἔξαρνος ἦν μὴ μὲν ἀποκτεῖναι Σμέρδιν: 3. 99, ἄπαρνός ἐστι μὴ μὲν νοσέειν.

436. mvp-comment-251-1 ἀλλ᾽.. ἅμα ἀλλά is to be explained as pointing the antithesis after the negative. Her attitude was not that of denial, but one to me at least pleasant and painful as well. The adverb modifies a word which is to be supplied from καθίστατο. ἡδέως ἐμοί, i. e. ὥστε ἐμὲ ἥδεσθαι, Essay on Language § 24. p. 40. There is a certain point in this which is lost in the emendation of Dindorf, ἅμ᾽ ἡδέως, in which, however, the repetition of ἅμα may be defended from Plat. Gorg. 497 Α, ἅμα διψῶν τε ἕκαστος ἡμῶν πέπαυται καὶ ἅμα ἡδόμενος διὰ τοῦ πίνειν. Schneidewin quotes also Gorg. 496 C, ὧν ἅμα τε ἀπαλλάττεται ἄνθρωπος καὶ ἅμα ἔχει, which is not really parallel.

439-440. mvp-comment-252-1 ἀλλὰ .. σωτηρίας (1) But all these things are to me by nature less important to obtain than my own safety. λαβεῖν epexegetic, like ἔχειν in Ο. Τ. 592, τυραννὶς ἡδίων ἔχειν. Cp. inf. 638, μείζων φέρεσθαι: Εl. 1015-1016, προνοίας οὐδὲν ἀνθρώποις ἔφυ | κέρδος λαβεῖν ἄμειvov. Or, possibly, (2) It is in my nature to take less account of all this than of my own safety. For the meaning thus given to ἐμοὶ πέφυκ cp. Εl. 860, πᾶσι θνατοῖς ἔφυ μύρος. And for λαβεῖν = To weigh or estimate, cp. Thuc. 2. 42, § 5, τὴν δὲ τῶν ἐναντίων τιμωρίαν ποθεινοτέραν αὐτῶν λαβόντες.

441. mvp-comment-253-1 For σὲ δή, sc. λέγω, cp. Aesch. Prom. 944, σὲ τὸν σοφιστήν, κ.τ.λ.: Soph. El. 1445, σε τοι, σὲ κρίνω, κ.τ.λ.: Eur. Hel. 546. And for ἐς πέδον κάρα νεύειν, cp. supr. 269.

441. mvp-comment-253-2 Creon misinterprets the action of Antigone. She fixes her eyes upon the ground, not from fear or shame, but because she is out of sympathy with all present, and her thoughts are in the other world. The hidden fire flashes out in ll. 450, foll., which are certainly not spoken with averted eyes. Cp. Ο. Τ. 1121.

442. mvp-comment-254-1 καταρνεῖ The unusual compound, introduced, perhaps, partly for the sake of metre, has also a special sense of blame. Cp. καταμελέω, καταξιόω, καταπειλέω, καταπροδίδωμι, καταργυρόω, κατασπείρω, κατασχολάζω.

445. mvp-comment-255-1 Free and exempt from grievous imputation.

446. mvp-comment-256-1 μήκος Adverbial, cp. O. С. 92, κέρδη μὲν οἰκήσαντα τοῖς δεδεγμένοις.

446. mvp-comment-256-2 'Tell us, no long tale, but briefly, knew you of the edict that forbade this deed? I knew; 'twas plain enough. How could I fail to know? And were you, then, so hardy as to transgress our law? That edict came not to me from the mouth of Zeus, nor from the Right, whose throne is with the Gods below. They also have appointed unto men a law. Methought your edict could not so prevail, as that a mortal should overleap the silent irrefragable ordinances of heaven. Their life is not of to-day or yesterday. They are eternal. None knoweth of a time when they began. I feared not so the mind of any man, as to incur before the Gods the penalty of that law. I knew, forsooth, without your edict, that I was to die. And if I am to die before the time, I count it gain. For he must surely gain by death who lives, as I do, midst abounding woes. And so for me to meet this doom is a grief I reck not of. If I had borne to leave unburied the corpse, fallen in carnage, of my mother's son, that had been a grief to me, but this is no grief. And if I seem to you to be now doing foolishly, it comes to this;-I am condemned of folly by a fool.'

447. mvp-comment-257-1 τὰ κηρυχθέντα The proclamation made. Cobet's conjecture ᾔδησθα κηρυχθέντα (Νov. Lect. 1858. p. 215), while restoring the recognised Attic form, is unobjectionable in point of syntax. But the use of the article in pointing to his own decree is characteristic of Creon, and if ἠείδης is retained in the Iliad, 22. 280, why not ᾔδης in Tragedy?

449. mvp-comment-258-1 καὶ δῆτα And then. Cp. Plat. Theaet. 142 C, καὶ δῆτα προπέμψας αὐτόν, ἀπιὼν πάλιν, κ.τ.λ.

449. mvp-comment-258-2 τούσδε . . νόμους These laws, i. e. The laws whose majesty is vested in me. For this use of the demonstrative, see Essay on Language § 22. p. 34.

450. mvp-comment-259-1 I obeyed no decree of yesterday, but the eternal law. That cannot be annulled by any enactment of a mere man. It may be that I shall die for what I have done. But it needed not your proclamation to tell me that I must die. And to die before the term appointed me is to lose so much of sorrow.

451. mvp-comment-260-1 For the mythological fancy, cp. О. С. 1381-1382, εἴπερ ἐστὶν ἡ παλαίφατος | Δίκη ξύνεδρος Ζηνὸς ἀρχαίοις νόμοις.

452. mvp-comment-261-1 This line is rightly explained by the Scholiast and Donaldson, Ἡ δίκη, φησί, καὶ ὁ Ζεὺς ὥρισαν ὥστε θάπτεσθαι τοὺς νεκρούς.. θέλει δὲ εἰπεῖν ὅτι ἀπὸ τῆς φύσεως δίκαιον ἤγημαι θάπτειν τὸν ἀδελφόν. (Schol.) She replies, that she did not consider his proclamations as emanating from Zeus, the supreme God, or from that justice which regulated the rights of the dead, who, she says, have established these laws, namely, the laws of sepulture, which do not need any enactment, but have their ὅροι set up in the human heart. (Donaldson.) The iteration of τούσδε, in contrasting the law which she obeyed with the edict of Creon, is dramatically appropriate, and there is no difficulty in the vague use of the demonstrative. See Essay on Language § 22. p. 34. Cp. Od. 10. 326, τάδε φάρμακα.

454. mvp-comment-262-1 ἄγραπτα κἀσφαλῆ Unwritten and sure. Ср. О. Т. 865 ff., and note. ἀσφαλῆ is not only Never failing to apply, but also Never failing to vindicate their authority. Cp. II. 456 ff.

455. mvp-comment-263-1 θνητὸν ὄντα Sc. σέ, understood from τὰ σὰ κηρύγματα. That a mortal man should run beyond the silent irrefragable ordinances of the Gods. Cp. Eur. Ion 973, καὶ πῶς τὰ κρείσσω θνητός οὖσ᾽ ὑπερδράμω; Ο.Τ. 476-482

456. mvp-comment-264-1 νῦν .. κἀχθές To-day or yes- terday. The particle γε, ay, serves to connect the sentences, and τε is unnecessary, as appears from the similar expression, χθὲς καὶ πρώην, in Plat. Legg. 3. 677 D.

456. mvp-comment-264-2 ἀεί ποτε means Everlastingly, without any clear distinction of past or future. πότε gives the effect of indefiniteness or infinity.

457. mvp-comment-265-1 ζῇ Are in force. Cр. О. Т. 481, ἀεὶ ζῶντα περιποτᾶται.

457. mvp-comment-265-2 ἐξ ὅτου 'φάνη Since when they came into being. Cp. Tr. 1, λόγος ..

457. mvp-comment-265-3 ἀρχαῖος φανείς.

458-459. mvp-comment-266-1 τούτων.. τὴν δίκην The penalty to be exacted in vindication of these. The Gods might be said δίκην ἐπιτιθέναι τῶν παραβαθέντων νόμων, although the word in the genitive after δίκη more frequently signifies the offence for which punishment is awarded. Cp. infr. 1074, τούτων σε λωβητῆρες ὑστεροφθόροι, κ.τ.λ.

458-459. mvp-comment-266-2 ἀνδρός Of a mere man. Cp. O. C. 567, ἔξοιδ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤν. 461 ff. Shak. Julius Caesar, 3. 1, 'Bru. That we shall die, we know; 'tis but the time | And drawing days out, that men stand upon. | Cass. Why, he that cuts off twenty years of life | Cuts off so many years of fearing death. | Bru. Grant that, and then is death a benefit: | So are we Caesar's friends, that have abridged His time of fearing death.'

458-459. mvp-comment-266-3 τοῦ χρόνου, sc. ἐν ᾧ μ᾿ ἐχρῆν θανεῖν.

462. mvp-comment-267-1 κέρδος αὔτ᾽ ἐγὼ λέγω αὔτ᾽, i. e. αὐτό, although not necessary to the construction, as appears from Plat. Apol. 40 Ε., κέρδος ἔγωγε λέγω, is better here than αὖτe, which weakens κέρδος.

463. mvp-comment-268-1 ὡς ἐγώ Supr. ll. 4-6.

466. mvp-comment-269-1 παρ᾿ οὐδὲν ἄλγος Is a grief of no account. Cp. supr. 35.

466. mvp-comment-269-2 ἐμῆς Meineke conj. ἐκ μιᾶs, Seyffert ὁμῆς, unnecessarily. The emphatic use of ἐμós is frequent in Sophocles.

467. mvp-comment-270-1 ἄθαπτον *ἠνσχόμην ἠνσχόμην (1) may be defended by the analogy of the syncopated ἀνσχήσεσθαι, ἄνσχεο, in Epic Greek. Otherwise (2) νέκυν may be cancelled as a gloss, and ἄθαπτον *ὄντ᾿ ἠνεσχόμην read, according to the conj. of Prof. E. L. Lushington. Or (3) ἐσχόμην may be read in the sense of ἠνεσχόμην. Ε. on L. § 55, 4. p. 101. But this is doubtful.

470. mvp-comment-271-1 μώρῳ i.e. One whose judgment is self-condemned, because opposed to the eternal laws. The word is not prompted by mere petulance, but is uttered with profound conviction.

471. mvp-comment-272-1 'The maiden's lineage declares itself in the fierce vein that comes to her from her fierce sire.' Phil. 1045-1046.

472. mvp-comment-273-1 ἐπίσταται Sc. ἡ παῖς.